UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM10-K

 

þ

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20152018

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from            to            

Commission File Number:0-26486

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

Delaware 63-0885779

(State or other jurisdiction


of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer


Identification No.)

 

100 N. Gay Street, Auburn, Alabama 36830
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (334)821-9200

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Exchange on which Registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 Nasdaq Global Market

Securities registered to Section 12(g) of the Act:None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes¨ Noþ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes¨ Noþ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yesþ No¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yesþ No¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 ofRegulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K or any amendment to this Form10-K.þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” inRule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨ Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company þ
 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)Emerging Growth Company ☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has selected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐ No ☑

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a shell company (as defined inRule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes¨ Noþ

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter: $59,782,523$116,264,607 as of June 30, 2015.2018.

APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE REGISTRANTS

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: 3,643,4783,593,463 shares of common stock as of March 9, 2016.11, 2019.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, scheduled to be held May 10, 2016,14, 2019, are incorporated by reference into Part II, Item 5 and Part III of this Form 10-K.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
      PAGE 

PART I

    

ITEM 1.

  

BUSINESS

   2   

ITEM 1A.

  

RISK FACTORS

   1922   

ITEM 1B.

  

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

   2635   

ITEM 2.

  

PROPERTIES

   2735   

ITEM 3.

  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   2836   

ITEM 4.

  

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

   2836   

PART II

    

ITEM 5.

  

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

   2837   

ITEM 6.

  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

   2938   

ITEM 7.

  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   3039   

ITEM 7A.

  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

   5867   

ITEM 8.

  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

   5868   

ITEM 9.

  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

   58106   

ITEM 9A.

  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

   58106   

ITEM 9B.

  

OTHER INFORMATION

   58108   

PART III

    

ITEM 10.

  

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

   99109   

ITEM 11.

  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   99109   

ITEM 12.

  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

   99109   

ITEM 13.

  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

   99109   

ITEM 14.

  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

   99109   

PART IV

    

ITEM 15.

  

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

   100110   

ITEM 16.

FORM10-K SUMMARY111  


PART I

SPECIAL CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Various of the statements made herein under the captions “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning and protections of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, assumptions, estimates, intentions and future performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may be beyond our control, and which may cause the actual results, performance, achievements or financial condition of the Company to be materially different from future results, performance, achievements or financial condition expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. You should not expect us to update any forward-looking statements.

All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that could be forward-looking statements. You can identify these forward-looking statements through our use of words such as “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “should,” “indicate,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “point to,” “project,” “could,” “intend,” “target” and other similar words and expressions of the future. These forward-looking statements may not be realized due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation:

 

the effects of future economic, business and market conditions and changes, domestic and foreign, including seasonality;

 

governmental monetary and fiscal policies;

 

legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities and tax laws, regulations and rules and their application by our regulators, including capital and liquidity requirements, and changes in the scope and cost of FDIC insurance;

 

changes in accounting policies, rules and practices;

 

the risks of changes in interest rates on the levels, composition and costs of deposits, loan demand, and the values and liquidity of loan collateral, securities, and interest sensitiveinterest-sensitive assets and liabilities, and the risks and uncertainty of the amounts realizable and the timing of dispositions of assets by the FDIC where we may have a participation or other interest;realizable;

 

changes in borrower credit risks and payment behaviors;

 

changes in the availability and cost of credit and capital in the financial markets, and the types of instruments that may be included as capital for regulatory purposes;

 

changes in the prices, values and sales volumes of residential and commercial real estate;

 

the effects of competition from a wide variety of local, regional, national and other providers of financial, investment and insurance services;services, including the disruption effects of financial technology and other competitors who are not subject to the same regulations as the Company and the Bank;

 

the failure of assumptions and estimates underlying the establishment of reservesallowances for possible loan losses and other asset impairments, losses valuations of assets and liabilities and other estimates;

 

the risks of mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, including, without limitation, the related time and costs of implementing such transactions, integrating operations as part of these transactions and possible failures to achieve expected gains, revenue growth and/or expense savings from such transactions;

 

changes in technology or products that may be more difficult, costly, or less effective than anticipated;

the effects of war or other conflicts, acts of terrorism or other catastrophic events that may affect general economic conditions;

cyber attacks

cyber-attacks and data breaches that may compromise our systems or customers’ information;

 

the failure of assumptions and estimates, as well as differences in, and changes to, economic, market and credit conditions, including changes in borrowers’ credit risks and payment behaviors from those used in our loan portfolio stress tests;tests and other evaluations;

 

the risks that our deferred tax assets (“DTAs”), if any, could be reduced if estimates of future taxable income from our operations and tax planning strategies are less than currently estimated, and sales of our capital stock could trigger a reduction in the amount of net operating loss carry-forwards that we may be able to utilize for income tax purposes; and

 

other factors and risks described under “Risk Factors” herein and in any of our subsequent reports that we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” or “SEC”) under the Exchange Act.

All written or oral forward-looking statements that are made by us or are attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary notice. We have no obligation and do not undertake to update, revise or correct any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this report, or after the respective dates on which such statements otherwise are made.

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1990, and in 1994 it succeeded its Alabama predecessor as the bank holding company controlling AuburnBank, an Alabama state member bank with its principal office in Auburn, Alabama (the “Bank”). The Company and its predecessor have controlled the Bank since 1984. As a bank holding company, the Company may diversify into a broader range of financial services and other business activities than currently are permitted to the Bank under applicable laws and regulations. The holding company structure also provides greater financial and operating flexibility than is presently permitted to the Bank.

The Bank has operated continuously since 1907 and currently conducts its business primarily in East Alabama, including Lee County and surrounding areas. The Bank has been a member of the Federal Reserve System since April 1995. The Bank’s primary regulators are the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent of Banks (the “Alabama Superintendent”). The Bank has been a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (the “FHLB”) since 1991.

General

The Company’s business is conducted primarily through the Bank and its subsidiaries. Although it has no immediate plans to conduct any other business, the Company may engage directly or indirectly in a number of activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 100 N. Gay Street, Auburn, Alabama 36830, and its telephone number at such address is(334) 821-9200. The Company maintains an Internet website atwww.auburnbank.com. The Company’s website and the information appearing on the website are not included or incorporated in, and are not part of, this report. The Company files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the operation of the public reference rooms. The SEC maintains an Internet site atwww.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy, and other information, where SEC filings are available to the public free of charge.

The Company directly ownsowned all the common equity in Auburn National Bancorporation Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust, which was formed in 2003 for the purpose of issuing $7.0 million of floating rate capital securities. In October 2016, the Company purchased $4.0 million par amount of outstanding trust preferred securities which areissued by the Trust. These securities were sold by the FDIC, as receiver of a failed bank that had held the trust preferred securities. The Company used dividends from the Bank to purchase these trust preferred securities and has deemed an equivalent amount of the related junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company as no longer outstanding. The Company realized apre-tax gain of $0.8 million on the early extinguishment of debt in this transaction. Following the transaction, the Company had outstanding $3.2 million in junior subordinated debentures held by the trust related to the remaining $3.0 million of trust preferred securities outstanding and not purchased by the Company. At December 31, 2017, the outstanding principal amount of debentures related to those trust preferred securities and were included in ourthe Company’s Tier 1 capital.capital for regulatory purposes. On April 27, 2018, the Trust formally redeemed all of its issued and outstanding trust preferred securities at par. All junior subordinated debentures related to the Trust were redeemed and retired as a result of the action. At December 31, 2018 the Company has no outstanding trust preferred securities or junior subordinated debentures, and the Trust has been dissolved.

Services

The Bank offers checking, savings, transaction deposit accounts and certificates of deposit, and is an active residential mortgage lender in its primary service area. The Bank’s primary service area includes the cities of Auburn and Opelika, Alabama and nearby surrounding areas in East Alabama, primarily in Lee County. The Bank also offers commercial, financial, agricultural, real estate construction and consumer loan products and other financial services. The Bank is one of the largest providers of automated teller services in East Alabama and operates ATM machines in 1413 locations in its primary service area. The Bank offers Visa® Checkcards, which are debit cards with the Visa logo that work like checks but can be used anywhere Visa is accepted, including ATMs. The Bank’s Visa Checkcards can be used internationally through the CirrusPlus® network. The Bank offers online banking, and bill payment and other electronic services through its Internet website,www.auburnbank.com. Our online banking services, bill payment and electronic services are subject to certain cybersecurity risks. See “Risk Factors – Our information systems may experience interruptions and security breaches.

Competition

The banking business in East Alabama, including Lee County, is highly competitive with respect to loans, deposits, and other financial services. The area is dominated by a number of regional and national banks and bank holding companies that have substantially greater resources, and numerous offices and affiliates operating over wide geographic areas. The Bank competes for deposits, loans and other business with these banks, as well as with credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies, and other local and nonlocal financial institutions, including institutions offering services through the mail, by telephone and over the Internet. As more and different kinds of businesses enter the market for financial services, competition from nonbank financial institutions may be expected to intensify further.

Among the advantages that larger financial institutions have over the Bank are their ability to finance extensive advertising campaigns, to diversify their funding sources, and to allocate and diversify their assets among loans and securities of the highest yield in locations with the greatest demand. Many of the major commercial banks or their affiliates operating in the Bank’s service area offer services which are not presently offered directly by the Bank and they typically have substantially higher lending limits than the Bank.

Banks also have experienced significant competition for deposits from mutual funds, insurance companies and other investment companies and from money center banks’ offerings of high-yield investments and deposits. Certain of these competitors are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as the Bank.

Selected Economic Data

Lee County’s population was estimated to be 154,255161,604 in 2014,2017, and has increased approximately 10.0%15.2% from 2010 to 2014.2017. The largest employers in the area are Auburn University, East Alabama Medical Center, aWal-Mart Distribution Center, Mando America Corporation, and Briggs & Stratton. Auto manufacturing is of increasing importance along Interstate Highway 85 to the east and west of Auburn. Kia Motors has a large automobile factory in nearby West Point, Georgia, and Hyundai Motors has a large automobile factory in Montgomery, Alabama.

Loans and Loan Concentrations

The Bank makes loans for commercial, financial and agricultural purposes, as well as for real estate mortgages, real estate acquisition, construction and development and consumer purposes. While there are certain risks unique to each type of lending, management believes that there is more risk associated with commercial, real estate acquisition, construction and development, agricultural and consumer lending than with residential real estate mortgage loans. To help manage these risks, the Bank has established underwriting standards used in evaluating each extension of credit on an individual basis, which are substantially similar for each type of loan. These standards include a review of the economic conditions affecting the borrower, the borrower’s financial strength and capacity to repay the debt, the underlying collateral and the borrower’s past credit performance. We apply these standards at the time a loan is made and monitor them periodically throughout the life of the loan. See “Lending Practices” for a discussion of regulatory guidance on commercial real estate lending.

The Bank has loans outstanding to borrowers in all industries within its primary service area. Any adverse economic or other conditions affecting these industries would also likely have an adverse effect on the local workforce, other local businesses, and individuals in the community that have entered into loans with the Bank. TheFor example, the auto manufacturing business and its suppliers have positively affected our local economy, but automobile manufacturing is cyclical and adversely affected by increases in interest rates. Decreases in automobile sales, including adverse changes due to interest rate increases, could adversely affect thenearby Kia and Hyundai automotive plants and their suppliers’ local spending and employment, and could adversely affect economic conditions in the markets we serve. However, management believes that due to the diversified mix of industries located within the Bank’s primary service area, adverse changes in one industry may not necessarily affect other area industries to the same degree or within the same time frame. The Bank’s primary service area also is subject to both local and national economic conditions and fluctuations. While most loans are made within our primary service area, some residential mortgage loans are originated outside the primary service area, and the Bank from time to time has purchased loan participations from outside its primary service area.

Employees

At December 31, 2015,2018, the Company and its subsidiaries had 157158.5 full-time equivalent employees, including 35 officers.

Statistical Information

Certain statistical information is included in response to Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form10-K. Certain statistical information is also included in response to Item 6, Item 7A and Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form10-K.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The Company and the Bank are extensively regulated under federal and state laws applicable to financial institutions. The supervision, regulation and examination of the Company and the Bank and their respective subsidiaries by the bank regulatory agencies are primarily intended to maintain the safety and soundness of financial institutions and the federal deposit insurance system, as well as the protection of depositors, rather than holders of Company capital stock and other securities. Any change in applicable law or regulation may have a material effect on the Company’s business. The following discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions referred to below.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

The Company, as a bank holding company, is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act. Bank holding companies generally are generally limited to the business of banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closelycertain related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.activities. The Company is required to file periodic reports and other information with the Federal Reserve periodic reports and such other information as the Federal Reserve may request.Reserve. The Federal Reserve examines the Company and may examine its subsidiaries. The State of Alabama currently does not regulate bank holding companies.

The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve approval for, among other things, the acquisition by a bank holding company of direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all the assets of any bank, or for a merger or consolidation of a bank holding company with another bank holding company. With certain exceptions, theThe BHC Act generally prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging directly or indirectly in any activity other than banking or managing or controlling banks or performing services for its authorized subsidiary. A bank holding company may, however, engage in or acquire an interest in a company that engages in activities that the Federal Reserve has determined by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

Bank holding companies that are and remain “well-capitalized” and “well-managed,” as defined in Federal Reserve Regulation Y, and have and whose insured depository institution subseriessubsidiaries maintain satisfactory“satisfactory” or better ratings under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”), may elect to become “financial holding companies.” Financial holding companies and their subsidiaries are permitted to acquire or engage in previously impermissible activities such as insurance underwriting, securities underwriting, travel agency activities, broad insurance agency activities, merchant banking and other activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be financial in nature or complementary thereto. In addition, under the BHC’sBHC Act’s merchant banking authority and Federal Reserve regulations, financial holding companies are authorized to invest in companies that engage in activities that are not financial in nature, as long as the financial holding company makes its investment with the intention of limiting the terms of its investment, does not manage the company on aday-to-day basis, and the investee company does not cross-market with any depositary institutions controlled by the financial holding company. Financial holding companies continue to be subject to Federal Reserve supervision, regulation and examination, but the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the” GLB(the “GLB Act”) applies the concept of functional regulation to the activities conducted by their subsidiaries. For example, insurance activities would be subject to supervision and regulation by state insurance authorities. WhileThe Federal Reserve recommended repeal of the merchant banking powers in its September 16, 2016 study pursuant to Section 620 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Company has not elected to become a financial holding company, in order to exercise the broader activity powers provided by the GLB Act,but it may elect to do so in the future.

The BHC Act permits acquisitions of banks by bank holding companies, subject to various restrictions, including deposit share limits, and that the acquirer beis “well capitalized” and “well managed”. Under the Alabama Banking Code, with the prior approval of the Alabama Superintendent, an Alabama bank may acquire and operate one or more banks in other states pursuant to a transaction in which the Alabama bank is the surviving bank. In addition, one or more Alabama banks may enter into a merger transaction with one or moreout-of-state banks, and anout-of-state bank resulting from such transaction may continue to operate the acquired branches in Alabama. As a result of theThe Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”),permits banks, including Alabama banks, mayto branch anywhere in the United States.

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. Various legal limitations restrict the Bank from lending or otherwise supplying funds to the Company. The Company and the Bank are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W thereunder. Section 23A defines “covered transactions,” which include extensions of credit, and limits a bank’s covered transactions with any affiliate to 10% of such bank’s capital and surplus. All covered and exempt transactions between a bank and its affiliates must be on terms and conditions consistent with safe and sound banking practices, and banks and their subsidiaries are prohibited from purchasinglow-quality assets from the bank’s affiliates. Finally, Section 23A requires that all of a bank’s extensions of credit to its affiliates be appropriately secured by permissible collateral, generally United States government or agency securities. Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act generally requires covered and other transactions among affiliates to be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same as or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary as those prevailing at the time for similar transactions with unaffiliated companies.

Federal Reserve policy as well asand the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, requiresrequire a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its FDIC-insured bank subsidiaries and to take measures to preserve and protect itssuch bank subsidiaries in situations where additional investments in a bank subsidiary may not otherwise be warranted. In the event an FDIC-insured subsidiary becomes subject to a capital restoration plan with its regulators, the parent bank holding company is required to guarantee performance of such plan up to 5% of the bank’s assets, and such guarantee is given priority in bankruptcy of the bank holding company. In addition, where a bank holding company has more than one bank or thrift subsidiary, each of the bank holding company’s subsidiary depository institutions aremay be responsible for any losses to the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) as a result of, if an affiliated depository institution’s failure.institution fails. As a result, a bank holding company may be required to loan money to a bank subsidiary in the form of subordinate capital notes or other instruments which qualify as capital under bank regulatory rules. However, any loans from the holding company to such subsidiary banks likely will be unsecured and subordinated to such bank’s depositors and to other creditors of the bank. See “Capital.”

Public Law113-250 was enacted on December 18, 2014. This law directed the Federal Reserve to publish, within six months, changes to the Federal Reserve’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement on Assessment of Financial and Managerial Factors (the “Small BHC Policy”) to expand the coverage of the Small BHC Policy to include thrift holding companies and increase the size of “small” for qualifying bank and thrift holding companies from $500 million to up to $1 billion of pro forma consolidated assets. The Federal Reserve implemented changes to its Small BHC Policy effective May 15, 2015.

The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (P.L.115-174) (the “2018 Growth Act”) became law on May 24, 2018. The Growth Act directed the Federal Reserve to further raise the Small BHC Policy’s consolidated asset threshold from $1 billion to $3 billion. The Federal Reserve issued an interim final rule implementing this change effective August 30, 2018.

The Federal Reserve has confirmed in 2018 that the Company believes that it currently would qualifyis eligible for treatment as a small bankbanking holding company under the revised Small BHC Policy, including the related qualitative standards, except that the Company’s common stock is registered with the Securities Exchange Commission.Policy. As a result, unless and until the Company qualifiesfails to qualify under the Small BHC Policy, the Company’s capital adequacy will continue to be evaluated on a consolidatedbank only basis. See “Capital.”

Bank Regulation

The Bank is a state bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve. It is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent, which monitor all areas of the Bank’s operations, of the Bank, including loans, reserves, loans, mortgages, issuances and redemption of capital securities, payment of dividends, establishment of branches, capital adequacy and compliance with laws. The Bank is a member of the FDIC and, as such, its deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent provided by law. See “FDIC Insurance Assessments.”

Alabama law permits statewide branching by banks. The powers granted to Alabama-chartered banks by state law include certain provisions designed to provide such banks competitive equality with national banks.

In 2007, the Alabama legislature amended the Alabama Banking Code to, among other things; strengthen the regulatory and enforcement authority of the Alabama State Banking Department and the Alabama Superintendent of Banks.

The Federal Reserve has adopted the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) updated rating system, which assigns each financial institution a confidential composite “CAMELS” rating based on an evaluation and rating of six essential components of an institution’s financial condition and operations:Capital Adequacy,Adequacy,Asset Quality,Quality,Management,Earnings,Liquidity andSensitivity to market risk, as well as the quality of risk management practices. For most institutions, the FFIEC has indicated that market risk primarily reflects exposures to changes in interest rates. When regulators evaluate this component, consideration is expected to be given to: management’s ability to identify, measure, monitor and control market risk; the institution’s size; the nature and complexity of its activities and its risk profile; and the adequacy of its capital and earnings in relation to its level of market risk exposure. Market risk is rated based upon, but not limited to, an assessment of the sensitivity of the financial institution’s earnings or the economic value of its capital to adverse changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices or equity prices; management’s ability to identify, measure, monitor and control exposure to market risk; and the nature and complexity of interest rate risk exposure arising fromnon-trading positions. Composite ratings are based on evaluations of an institution’s managerial, operational, financial and compliance performance. The composite CAMELS rating is not an arithmetical formula or rigid weighting of numerical component ratings. Elements of subjectivity and examiner judgment, especially as these relate to qualitative assessments, are important elements in assigning ratings.

The GLB Act and related regulations require banks and their affiliated companies to adopt and disclose privacy policies, including policies regarding the sharing of personal information with third parties. The GLB Act also permits bank subsidiaries to engage in “financial activities” similar to those permitted to financial holding companies. In December 2015, Congress amended the GLB Act as part of the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act. This amendment provided financial institutions that meet certain conditions an exemption to the requirement to deliver an annual privacy notice. On August 10, 2018, the federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) announced that it had finalized conforming amendments to its implementing regulation, Regulation P.

A variety of federal and state privacy laws govern the collection, safeguarding, sharing and use of customer information, and require that financial institutions have policies regarding information privacy and security. Some state laws also protect the privacy of information of state residents and require adequate security of such data, and certain state laws may, in some circumstances, require us to notify affected individuals of security breaches of computer databases that contain their personal information. These laws may also require us to notify law enforcement, regulators or consumer reporting agencies in the event of a data breach, as well as businesses and governmental agencies that own data.

Community Reinvestment Act and Consumer Laws

The Bank is subject to the provisions of the CRA and the Federal Reserve’s regulations thereunder. Under the CRA, all banks and thriftsFDIC-insured institutions have a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with their safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs for their entire communities, includinglow- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA requires a depository institution’s primary federal regulator, in connection with its examination of the institution, to assess the institution’s record of assessing and meeting the credit needs of the communities served by that institution, includinglow- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The bank regulatory agency’s assessment of the institution’s record is made available to the public. Further, such assessment is required of any institution whichthat has applied to: (i) charter a national bank; (ii) obtain deposit insurance coverage for a newly-chartered institution; (iii) establish a new branch office that accepts deposits; (iv) relocate an office; or (v) merge or consolidate with, or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of, a federally regulated financial institution. In the case of a bank holding company applying for approvalapplications to acquire a bank or other bank holding company, the Federal Reserve will assess the records of each subsidiary depository institution of the applicant bank holding company, and such records may be the basis for denying the application. A less than satisfactory CRA rating will slow, if not preclude, acquisitions, and branchnew branches and other expansion activities and may prevent a company from becoming a financial holding company.

The CRA performance of a banking organization’s depository institution subsidiaries is considered by the Federal Reserve and other applicable Federal bank regulators in connection with bank holding company and bank mergers and acquisition and branch applications. A less than satisfactory CRA rating will slow, if not preclude, acquisitions, and new banking centers and other expansion activities and will prevent a bank holding company from becoming a financial holding company.

As a result of the GLB Act, CRA agreements with private parties must be disclosed and annual CRA reports must be made to a bank’s primary federal regulator. No new activities authorized under the GLB Act may be commenced by a bank holding company or by a bank financial subsidiary, if any of itsaffiliated bank subsidiarieshas received less than a “satisfactory” CRA rating in its latest CRA examination. The federal CRA regulations require that evidence of discriminatory, illegal or abusive lending practices be considered in the CRA evaluation.

On August 28, 2018, the OCC proposed rulemaking to modernize the regulatory framework implementing the CRA. The proposal seeks comments on ways to increase lending and services to people and inlow- and moderate-income areas and clarify and expand the types of activities eligible for CRA consideration. The OCC shares responsibility for enforcing CRA rules with the Federal Reserve and the FDIC. Even though the Federal Reserve did not join the OCC in the publication of its proposed rulemaking concerning revisions to the CRA regulations, it is considering ideas regarding modernizing the CRA, tailoring the CRA regulations for banks of different sizes and improving the consistency and predictability of CRA evaluations and ratings.

The Bank is also subject to, among other things, the provisions of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (the “ECOA”) and the Fair Housing Act, (the “FHA”), both of which prohibit discrimination based on race or color, religion, national origin, sex and familial status in any aspect of a consumer or commercial credit or residential real estate transaction. The Department of Justice (the “DOJ”), and the federal bank regulatory agencies have issued an Interagency Policy Statement

on Discrimination in Lending to provide guidance to financial institutions in determining whether discrimination exists, how the agencies will respond to lending discrimination, and what steps lenders might take to prevent discriminatory lending practices. The DOJ has increased its efforts to prosecute what it regards as violations of the ECOA, and FHA,the Fair Housing Act, and the fair lending laws, generally.

The federal bank regulators have updated their guidance several times on overdrafts, including overdrafts incurred at automated teller machines and point of sale terminals. Overdrafts have become a focus of the federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”).CFPB. Among other things, the federal regulators require banks to monitor accounts and to limit the use of overdrafts by customers as a form of short-term, high-cost credit, including, for example, giving customers who overdraw their accounts on more than six occasions where a fee is charged in a rolling 12 month period a reasonable opportunity to choose a less costly alternative and decide whether to continue withfee-based overdraft coverage. It also encourages placing appropriate daily limits on overdraft fees, and asks banks to consider eliminating overdraft fees for transactions that overdraw an account by ade minimis amount. Overdraft policies, processes, fees and disclosures are frequently the subject of litigation against banks in various jurisdictions. In May 2018, the OCC encouraged national banks to offer short-term, small-Dollar installment lending. The Federal Reserve expressed similar support for responsible small Dollar lending in its June 2018 Consumer Compliance Supervision Bulletin and recently commented on certain bank practices with respect to overdraft fees being unfair or deceptive acts or practices in violation of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The CFPB proposed on February 6, 2019 to rescind its mandatory underwriting standards for loans covered by its 2017 Payday, Vehicle Title and Certain High-Cost Installment Loans rule, and has separately proposed delaying the effectiveness of such 2017 rule.

The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, which began exercising its regulatory authority upon the recess appointment of its director on January 4, 2012.

The CFPB has the authority previously exercised by the federal bank regulators to adopt regulations and enforce various laws, including the ECOA, and other fair lending laws, the Truth in Lending Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, mortgage lending rules, the Truth in Savings Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Privacy of Consumer Financial Privacy.Information rules. Although the CFPB does not examine or supervise banks with less than $10 billion in assets, it exercises broad authority in making rules and providing guidance that affects bank regulation in these areas and the scope of bank regulators’ consumer regulation, examination and enforcement. Banks of all sizes will be subject to changes asare affected by the CFPB’s regulations, and the precedents set in CFPB reviewsenforcement actions and revises the regulations it administers, and its enforcement actions.interpretations. The CFPB has focused on various practices to date, including revising mortgage lending rules, overdrafts, credit cardadd-on products, indirect automobile lending, student lending, and payday and similar short-term lending, and has a broad mandate to regulate consumer financial products and services, whether or not offered by banks or their affiliates.

Residential Mortgages

The CFPB’s finalCFPB regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act requirementrequire that lenders determine whether a consumer has the ability to repay a mortgage loan became effective January 10, 2014.loan. These regulations establish certain minimum requirements for creditors when making ability to payrepay determinations, and provide certain safe harbors from liability for mortgages that are “qualified mortgages” and are not “higher-priced.” Generally, these CFPB regulations apply to all consumer,closed-end loans secured by a dwelling including home-purchase loans, refinancesrefinancing and home equity loans—whether first or subordinate lien. Qualified mortgages must generally satisfy detailed requirements related to product features, underwriting standards, and requirements where the total points and fees on a mortgage loan cannot exceed specified amounts or percentages of the total loan amount. Qualified mortgages must have: (1) a term not exceeding 30 years; (2) regular periodic payments that do not result in negative amortization, deferral of principal repayment, or a balloon payment; (3) and be supported with documentation of the borrower and its credit. We anticipate focusingfocus our residential mortgage origination on qualified mortgages and those that meet our investors’ requirements, but we may make loans that do not meet the safe harbor requirements for “qualified mortgages”. Our residential mortgage strategy, product offerings, and profitability may change as these regulations are interpreted and applied in practice.mortgages.”

The bank2018 Growth Act provides that certain residential mortgages held in portfolio by banks with less than $10 billion in consolidated assets automatically are deemed “qualified mortgages.” This relieves smaller institutions from many of the requirements to satisfy the criteria listed above for “qualified mortgages.” Mortgages meeting the “qualified mortgage” safe harbor may not have negative amortization, must follow prepayment penalty limitations included in the Truth in Lending Act, and may not have fees greater than three percent of the total value of the loan.

The Bank generally services the loans it originates, including those it sells. The CFPB adopted newCFPB’s mortgage servicing standards effective in January 2014. These include new requirements regarding force-placed insurance, certain notices prior to rate adjustments on adjustable rate mortgages, and periodic disclosures to borrowers. Servicers will beare prohibited from processing foreclosures when a loan modification is pending, and must wait until a loan is more than 120 days delinquent before initiating a foreclosure action. Servicers must provide borrowers with direct and ongoing access to its personnel, and provide prompt review of any loss mitigation application. Servicers must maintain accurate and accessible mortgage records for the life of a loan and until one year after the loan is paid off or transferred. These new standards are expected to increase the cost and compliance risks of servicing mortgage loans, and the mandatory delays in foreclosures could result in loss of value on collateral or the proceeds we may realize from a sale of foreclosed property.

The CFPB’s new Truth in Lending Act – Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”) rule and the related integrated disclosures (sometimes called “TRID”), became effective October 3, 2015 for closed-end and credit transactions secured by real property.

The Federal Housing Finance Authority (“FHFA”) updated Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s (individually and collectively, “GSE”) repurchase rules, including the kinds of loan defects that could lead to a repurchase request to, or alternative remedies with, the mortgage loan originator or seller. These rules became effective January 1, 2016. FHFA also has updated these GSEs representations and warranties framework and announced on February 2, 2016 an independent dispute resolution (“IDR”) process to allow a neutral third party to resolve demands after the GSE’sGSEs’ quality control and appeal processes have been exhausted. The GSEs are expected to update their repurchase demand escalation and appeal processes later this year to resolve disputes before any IDR process begins.

The Bank is subject to the CFPB’s integrated disclosure rules under the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, referred to as “TRID”, for credit transactions secured by real property. The TRID rules adversely affected our mortgage originations in 2016, while we revised our systems and processes to comply with these rules. Our residential mortgage strategy, product offerings, and profitability may change as these regulations are interpreted and applied in practice, and may also change due to any restructuring of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as part of the resolution of their conservatorships. The 2018 Growth Act reduced the scope of TRID rules by eliminating the wait time for a mortgage, if an additional creditor offers a consumer a second offer with a lower annual percentage rate. Congress encouraged federal regulators to provide better guidance on TRID in an effort to provide a clearer understanding for consumers and bankers alike. The law also provides partial exemptions from the collection, recording and reporting requirements under Sections 304(b)(5) and (6) of the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (“HMDA”), for those banks with fewer than500 closed-end mortgages or less than500 open-end lines of credit in both of the preceding two years, provided the bank’s rating under the CRA for the previous two years has been at least “satisfactory.” On August 31, 2018, the CFPB issued an interpretive and procedural rule to implement and clarify these requirements under the 2018 Growth Act.

Other Laws and Regulations

The International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorism Funding Act of 2001 specifies new “know your customer” requirements that obligate financial institutions to take actions to verify the identity of the account holders in connection with opening an account at any U.S. financial institution. Bank regulators are required to consider compliance with this Act’s moneyanti-money laundering provisionslaws in acting upon merger and acquisition and mergerother expansion proposals, and sanctions for violations of this Act can be imposed in an amount equal to twice the sum involved in the violating transaction, up to $1 million.

New federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) rules effective May 2018 require banks to know the beneficial owners of customers that are not natural persons, update customer information in order to develop a customer risk profile, and generally monitor such matters.

Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships as well as to enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers.

The USA PATRIOT Act requires financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs, and sets forth minimum standards, or “pillars” for these programs, including:

 

the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls;

 

the designation of a compliance officer;

 

an ongoing employee training program; and

 

an independent audit function to test the programs.programs; and

ongoing customer due diligence and monitoring.

The Company is also required to comply with various corporate governance and financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as newrelated rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and Nasdaq. In particular, the Company is required to report annually on internal controls as part of its annual report for the year ended December 31, 2015 pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

The Company has evaluated its controls, including compliance with the SEC rules on internal controls, and has and expects to continue to spend significant amounts of time and money on compliance with these rules. If the Company fails to comply with these internal control rules in the future, it may materially adversely affect its reputation, its ability to obtain the necessary certifications to its financial statements, its relations with its regulators and other financial institutions with which it deals, and its ability to access the capital markets and offer and sell Company securities on terms and conditions acceptable to the Company. The Company’s assessment of its financial reporting controls as of December 31, 20152018 are included elsewhere in this report with no material weaknesses reported.

Payment of Dividends

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The Company’s primary source of cash is dividends from the Bank. Prior regulatory approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by a state member bank (such as the Bank) in any calendar year will exceed the sum of such bank’s net profits for the year and its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus. During 2015,2018, the Bank paid cash dividends of approximately $3.5$6.5 million to the Company. At December 31, 2015,2018, the Bank could have declared additional dividends of approximately $12.3$8.0 million without prior approval of regulatory authorities.approval.

In addition, the Company and the Bank are subject to various general regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital above regulatory minimums. The appropriate federal and state regulatory authorities are authorized to determine when the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice, and may prohibit such dividends. The Federal Reserve has indicated that paying dividends that deplete a state member bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. The Federal Reserve has indicated that depository institutions and their holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of current year’s operating earnings.

Under Federal Reserve Supervisory LetterSR-09-4 (February 24, 2009), as revised December 21, 2015, the board of directors of a bank holding company must consider different factors to ensure that its dividend level is prudent relative to maintaining a strong financial position, and is not based on overly optimistic earnings scenarios, such as potential events that could affect its ability to pay, while still maintaining a strong financial position. As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should consult with the Federal Reserve and eliminate, defer or significantly reduce the bank holding company’s dividends if:

 

its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends;

 

its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or

 

It will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.

When fully-phased in by 2019, theThe Basel III capital rules willCapital Rules further limit permissible dividends, stock repurchases and discretionary bonuses by the Company and the Bank, respectively, unless the Company and the Bank meet the fullfullyphased-in capital conservation buffer requirement.requirement effective January 1, 2019. See “Basel III Capital Rules.”

Capital

The Federal Reserve has risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies and state member banks, respectively. These guidelines required at year end 20152018 a minimum ratio of capital to risk-weighted assets (including certainoff-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) and capital conservation buffer of 8%9.875%. At least half of the totalTier 1 capital must consist ofincludes common equity and related retained earnings. Aearnings and a limited amount of qualifying preferred stock, less goodwill and certain core deposit intangibles are also added as part of Tier 1 Capital (“Tier 1 capital”).intangibles. Voting common equity must be the predominant form of capital. The remainder may consistTier 2 capital consists of non–qualifying preferred stock, qualifying subordinated, perpetual, and/or mandatory convertible debt, term subordinated debt and intermediate term preferred stock, up to 45% of pretax unrealized holding gains on available for sale equity securities with readily determinable market values that are prudently valued, and a limited amount of general loan loss allowance (“allowance. Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital” and, together with Tier 1 capital “Total risk-based capital”).equals total capital.

In addition, the Federal Reserve has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies not subject to the Small BHC Policy, and state member banks, which provide for a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets (“leverage ratio”) equal to 3%, plus an additional cushion of 1.0%4%. However, bank regulators expect banks and bank holding companies to 2.0%, if the institution has less than the highest regulatory rating. The minimum capital ratios sought by the regulators are increasing, andoperate with a 5%higher leverage ratio is the minimum for the largest institutions.ratio. The guidelines also provide that institutions experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Higher capital may be required in individual cases and depending upon a bank holding company’s risk profile. All bank holding companies and banks are expected to hold capital commensurate with the level and nature of their risks including the volume and severity of their problem loans. Lastly, the Federal Reserve’s guidelines indicate that the Federal Reserve will continue to consider a “tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activity. The level of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets is becoming more widely used by the bank regulators to measure capital adequacy. The Federal Reserve has not advised the Company or the Bank of any specific minimum leverage ratio or tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio applicable to them. Under Federal Reserve policies, bank holding companies are generally expected to operate with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. The Federal Reserve believes the risk-based ratios do not fully take into account the quality of capital and interest rate, liquidity, market and operational risks. Accordingly, supervisory assessments of capital adequacy may differ significantly from conclusions based solely on the level of an organization’s risk-based capital ratio.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), among other things, requires the federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” regarding depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare to various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation.

All of the federal bank regulatory agencies haveagencies’ regulations establishingestablish risk-adjusted measures and relevant capital levels implementingthat implement the “prompt corrective action” standards. The relevant capital measures are the total risk-based capital ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio, as well as, the leverage capital ratio. Under the regulations, a state member bank will be: (i) 

well capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, a leverage capital ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive by a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) “adequately

“adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, a Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, and generally has a leverage capital ratio of 4% or greater; (iii) “undercapitalized”

“undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 4.5% or generally has a leverage capital ratio of less than 2%; (iv) “significantly

“significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, a Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3%, or a leverage capital ratio of less than 3%; or (v) “critically

“critically undercapitalized” if its tangible equity is equal to or less than 2% to total assets. The federal bank regulatory agencies have authority to require additional capital, and have been indicatingindicated that higher capital levels may be required in light of current market conditions and risk.

The federal bank regulators have authority to require additional capital.

The Dodd–Frank Act significantly modified the capital rules applicable to the Company and calls forrequired increased capital, generally.

 

The generally applicable prompt corrective action leverage and risk-based capital standards (the “generally applicable standards”), including the types of instruments that may be counted as Tier 1 capital, will be applicable on a consolidated basis to depository institution holding companies (except for such companies subject to the Small BHC Policy), as well as their bank and thrift subsidiaries.

The generally applicable standards in effect prior to the Dodd-Frank Act will be “floors” for the standards to be set by the regulators.regulators’ capital standards.

 

Bank and thrift holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, will be permitted to include trust preferred securities that were issued before May 19, 2010, as Tier 1 capital, but trust preferred securities issued by a bank holding company (other than those with assets of less than $1 billion that meet the Federal Reserve’s “qualitative standards” under the Small BHC Policy) after May 19, 2010, will no longer count as Tier 1 capital.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires studies of the use of hybrid instruments as capital, and of “smaller” (consolidated assets of $5 billion or less) financial companies’ access to the capital markets.

Information concerning the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 20152018 is included in Note 1918 of the consolidated financial statements that accompany this report.

Depository institutions that are no longer “well“adequately capitalized” for bank regulatory purposes must receive a waiver from the FDIC prior to accepting or renewing brokered deposits, and cannot pay interest rates that exceeds market rates by more than 75 basis points. Banks that are less than “adequately capitalized” cannot accept or renew brokered deposits. FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including paying dividends) or paying any management fee to its holding company, if the depository institution thereafter would be “undercapitalized”. Institutions that are “undercapitalized” are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan for approval.

A depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of 5% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized and the amount necessary to bring the institution into compliance with applicable capital standards. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized”. If the controlling holding company fails to fulfill its obligations under FDICIA and files (or has filed against it) a petition under the federal Bankruptcy Code, the claim against the holding company’s capital restoration obligation would be entitled to a priority in such bankruptcy proceeding over third party creditors of the bank holding company.

Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized”, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver

or conservator. Because the Company and the Bank exceed applicable capital requirements, the respective managements of the Company and the Bank management do not believe that the provisions of FDICIA have had or willare expected to have any material impacteffect on the Company and the Bank or their respective operations.

Basel III Capital Rules

The Federal Reserve and the other bank regulators adopted in June 2013 final capital rules for bank holding companies and banks implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s “Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for more Resilient Banks and Banking Systems.” These new U.S. capital rules are called the “Basel III Rules.Capital Rules, and generally werefully phased-in on January 1, 2019.

The Basel III Capital Rules limitslimit Tier 1 capital to common stock and noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, as well as certain qualifying trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock issued before May 19, 2010, each of which are permanentlywere grandfathered in Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets. AThe Basel III Capital Rules also introduced a new capital measure, “Common Equity Tier I Capital” or “CET1,“CET1. is introduced. CET1 includes common stock and related surplus, retained earnings and, subject to certain adjustments, minority common equity interests in subsidiaries. CET1 is reduced by deductions for:

 

Goodwill and other intangibles, other than mortgage servicing assets (“MSAs”MSRs”), which are treated separately, net of associated deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”);

 

Deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) arising from operating losses and tax credit carryforwards net of allowances and DTLs;

 

Gains on sale from any securitization exposure; and

 

Defined benefit pension fund net assets (i.e., excess plan assets), net of associated DTLs.

The Company made aone-time election in its first regulatory report in 2015 and, as a result, CET1 wouldwill not be further adjusted for certain accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”).

Additional “threshold deductions” of the following that are individually greater than 10% of CET1 or collectively greater than 15% of CET1 (after the above deductions are also made):

 

MSAs, net of associated DTLs;

 

DTAs arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, net of any valuation allowances and DTLs; and

 

Significant common stock investments in unconsolidated financial institutions, net of associated DTLs.

Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, Tier 1 minority interest not included in CET1, subject to limits, and current Tier 1 capital instruments issued to the U.S. Treasury, including shares issued pursuant to the TARP or SBLF programs, will qualify as additional Tier I capital. All other qualifying preferred stock, subordinated debt and qualifying minority interests will be included in Tier 2 capital.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital requirements, a new “capital conservation buffer” of CET1 capital of at least 2.5% of total risk weighted assets, will be required. The capital conservation buffer will be calculated as thelowest of:

 

the banking organization’s CET1 capital ratio minus 4.5%;

 

the banking organization’s tier 1 risk-based capital ratio minus 6.0%; and

 

the banking organization’s total risk-based capital ratio minus 8.0%.

In 2018, the capital conservation trigger was 1.875% or less.

When fully-phased inFull compliance with the capital conservation buffer is required by 2019,January 1, 2019. At such time, permissible dividends, stock repurchases and discretionary bonuses will be limited to the following percentages based on the capital conservation buffer as calculated above, subject to any further regulatory limitations, including those based on risk assessments and enforcement actions:

 

   

    Buffer %    

      Buffer % Limit    
  

More than 2.50%

  None
  

> 1.875% - 2.50%

  60.0%
  

> 1.250% - 1.875%

  40.040.0%
  

> 0.625% - 1.250%

  20.020.0%
  

£ 0.625

  - 0 -

The various capital elements and total capital under the Basel III Capital Rules, whenat January 1, 2018 were and as fully phased byin on January 1, 2019 will be:are:

 

      
December 31, 2015
  Fully Phased In
January 1, 2019
  January 1, 2018 Fully Phased In
January 1, 2019

Minimum CET1

  4.50%  4.5%  4.50% 4.50%

CET1 Conservation Buffer

    2.5%  1.875% 2.50%

Total CET1

  4.50%  7.0%  6.375% 7.0%

Deductions and threshold deductions

  40%  100%

Deductions from CET1

  100% 100%

Minimum Tier 1 Capital

  6.0%  6.0%  6.0% 6.0%

Minimum Tier 1 Capitalplus conservation buffer

  6.0%  8.5%  7.875% 8.5%

Minimum Total Capital

  8.0%  8.0%  8.0% 8.0%

Minimum Total Capitalplus conservation buffer

  8.0%  10.5%  9.875% 10.5%

Changes in Risk-Weightings

The Basel III Capital Rules significantly changeschange the risk weightings used to determine risk weighted capital adequacy. Among various other changes, the Basel III appliesCapital Rules apply a 250% risk-weighting to mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assetsMSRs, DTAs that cannot be realized through net operating loss carry-backs and significant (greater than 10%) investments in other financial institutions. The proposal also would change the risk-weighting for residential mortgages, including mortgages sold. A new 150% risk-weighted category would applyapplies to “high volatility commercial real estate loans,” or “HVCRE,” which are credit facilities for the acquisition, construction or development of real property, other than excludingone-to-four family residential properties or commercial real estate projects where: (i) theloan-to-value ratio is not in excess of interagency real estate lending standards; and (ii) the borrower has contributed capital equal to not less than 15% of the real estate’s “as completed” value before the loan was made.

The Basel III Capital Rules also changechanged some of the risk weightings used to determine risk-weighted capital adequacy. Among other things, the Basel III Capital Rules:

 

Assign

Assigned a 250% risk weight to MSAs;MSRs;

 

Assign

Assigned up to a 1,250% risk weight to structured securities, including private label mortgage securities, trust preferred CDOs and asset backed securities;

 

Retain

Retained existing risk weights for residential mortgages, but assign a 100% risk weight to most commercial real estate loans and a 150% risk-weight for “high volatility” commercial real estate loans;HVCRE;

 

Assign

Assigned a 150% risk weight to past due exposures (other than sovereign exposures and residential mortgages);

AssignAssigned a 250% risk weight to DTAs, to the extent not deducted from capital (subject to certain maximums);

 

Retain

Retained the existing 100% risk weight for corporate and retail loans; and

 

Increase

Increased the risk weight for exposures to qualifying securities firms from 20% to 100%.

HVCRE loans currently have a risk weight of 150%. Section 214 of the 2018 Growth Act, restricts the federal bank regulators from applying this risk weight except to certain ADC loans. The federal bank regulators issued a notice of a proposed rule on September 18, 2018 to implement Section 214 of the 2018 Growth Act, by revising the definition HVCRE. If this proposal is adopted, it is expected that this proposal could reduce the Company’s risk weighted assets and thereby may increase the Company’s risk-weighted capital.

Changes toIllustrations of Current Prompt Corrective Action Rules

Under the Basel III Capital Rules, the prompt corrective action rules and categories changed as of January 1, 2015. The following illustrates the current range of the changes from well capitalized, to undercapitalized, to critically undercapitalized categories. The adequately capitalized and significantly undercapitalized categories also would be retained with appropriate changes, but are not included in the following illustration.

 

   Minimums    
           Pre-2015                    Basel III        

Well capitalized

     

CET1

     6.5%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

  6.0%   8.0%

Total risk-based capital

  10.0%   10.0%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

  5.0%   5.0%

Undercapitalized

     

CET1

     < 4.5%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

  < 4.0%   £ 6.0%

Total risk-based capital

  < 8.0%   < 8.0%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

  < 5.0%   < 4.0%

Critically undercapitalized

  Tangible equity to total

assets £ 2.0%

     
  Tier 1 capital plus non-Tier 1
perpetual preferred stock to
total assets£ 2.0%
Basel III

Well capitalized

CET1

6.5%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

8.0%

Total risk-based capital

10.0%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

5.0%

Undercapitalized

CET1

< 4.5%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

£ 6.0%

Total risk-based capital

< 8.0%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

< 4.0%

Critically undercapitalized



Tier 1 capital plus non-Tier 1
perpetual preferred stock to
total assets£ 2.0%


FDICIASection 201 of the 2018 Growth Act provides that banks and bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion that meet a “community bank leverage ratio,” established by the federal bank regulators between 8% and 10%, are deemed to satisfy applicable risk-based capital requirements necessary to be considered “well capitalized.” The federal banking agencies have the discretion to determine that an institution does not qualify for such treatment due to its risk profile. An institution’s risk profile may be assessed byits off-balance sheet exposure, trading of assets and liabilities, notional derivatives’ exposure, and other methods. On November 21, 2018, the federal banking agencies issued for public comment a proposal under which a community banking organization would be eligible to elect the community bank leverage ratio framework if it has less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, limited amounts of certain assets andoff-balance sheet exposures, and a community bank leverage ratio greater than 9%. A qualifying community banking organization that has chosen the proposed framework would not be required to calculate the existing risk-based and leverage capital requirements. This proposal further provides that an institution would be considered to be “well-capitalized” under the agencies’ prompt corrective action rules, provided it has a community bank leverage ratio greater than 9%.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has adopted ASU2016-13 “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” which applies a current expected credit losses (“CECL”) model to financial instruments. It is effective for fiscal years after December 31, 2019 for the Company and other public companies. The CECL may affect the amount, timing and variability of the Company’s credit charges, and therefore its net income and regulatory capital. The Federal Reserve and other federal bank regulators adopted a three-yearphase-in of CECL’s effects on regulatory capital on December 21, 2018 (the “CECL CapitalPhase-In”).

FDICIA

FDICIA directs that each federal bank regulatory agency prescribe standards for depository institutions and depository institution holding companies relating to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth composition, a maximum ratio of classified assets to capital, minimum earnings sufficient to absorb losses, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly traded shares, safety and soundness, and such other standards as the federal bank regulatory agencies deem appropriate.

Enforcement Policies and Actions

The Federal Reserve and the Alabama Superintendent monitor compliance with laws and regulations. The CFPB monitors compliance with laws and regulations applicable to consumer financial products and services. Violations of laws and regulations, or other unsafe and unsound practices, may result in these agencies imposing fines, penalties and/or penalties,restitution, cease and desist orders, or taking other formal or informal enforcement actions. Under certain circumstances, these agencies may enforce these remedies directly against officers, directors, employees and others participating in the affairs of a bank or bank holding company.company, in the form of fines, penalties, or the recovery, or claw-back, of compensation.

Fiscal and Monetary Policy

Banking is a business that depends on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest paid by a bank on its deposits and its other borrowings, and the interest received by a bank on its loans and securities holdings, constitutes the major portion of a bank’s earnings. Thus, the earnings and growth of the Company and the Bank, as well as the values of, and earnings on, its assets and the costs of its deposits and other liabilities are subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money through various means, including open market dealings in United States government securities, the setting of discount rate at which banks may borrow from the Federal Reserve, and the reserve requirements on deposits.

The Federal Reserve lowered its target federal funds rate from 5.25% per annum on August 7, 2007 to 3.00% on January 30, 2008, and finally to 0-0.25% on December 16, 2008, where it remained until December 16, 2015 when it was raised to 0.50%. On December 16, 2015, the Federal Reserve increased the discount rate to 1.00%. The Federal Reserve’s discount rate on bank borrowings from the Federal Reserve, at 5.57% per annum on September 17, 2007, was steadily lowered to 4.75% on January 2, 2008, to 1.25% on October 28, 2008, and to 0.50% on December 16, 2008, where it remained until an increase on February 19, 2010 to 0.75%.

On April 30, 2010, the Federal Reserve Board amended Regulation D (Reserve Requirements of Depository Institutions) authorizing the Reserve Banks to offer term deposits to certain institutions. Term deposits, which are deposits with specified maturity dates, will be offered through a Term Deposit Facility (TDF). Term deposits will be one of several tools that the Federal Reserve could employ to drain reserves when policymakers judge that it is appropriate to begin moving to a less accommodative stance of monetary policy.

Beginning October 6, 2008, the Federal Reserve has been paying interest on depository institutions’ required and excess reserve balances.balances since October 2008. The payment of interest on excess reserve balances was expected to give the Federal Reserve greater scope to use its lending programs to address conditions in credit markets while also maintaining the federal funds rate close to the target rate established by the Federal Open Market Committee. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it may use this authority to implement a mandatory policy to reduce excess liquidity, in the event of inflation or the threat of inflation.

In April 2010, the Federal Reserve Board amended Regulation D (Reserve Requirements of Depository Institutions) authorizing the Reserve Banks to offer term deposits to certain institutions. Term deposits, which are deposits with specified maturity dates, will be offered through a Term Deposit Facility. Term deposits will be one of several tools that the Federal Reserve could employ to drain reserves when policymakers judge that it is appropriate to begin moving to a less accommodative stance of monetary policy.

In 2011, the Federal Reserve repealed its historical Regulation Q to permit banks to pay interest on demand deposits. The Federal Reserve has also engaged in several rounds of quantitative easing (“QE”) to reduce interest rates by buying bonds, and “Operation Twist” to reduce long term interest rates by buying long term bonds, while selling intermediate term securities. In October 2014,Beginning December 2013, the Federal Reserve ended its bond purchases under QE after it began to taper the level of bonds purchased, in December 2013, but has continuedcontinues to reinvest the principal of its existing securities as these mature.

The Federal Reserve adopted, in September 2014, a normalization of monetary policy that includes gradually raising the Federal Reserve’s target range for the Federal Funds rate to more normal levels and gradually reducing the Federal Reserve’s holdings of U.S. government and agency securities. The Federal Reserve’s target Federal Funds rate has increased nine times since December 2015 in 25 basis point increments from 0.25% to 2.50% on December 30, 2018. Although the Federal Reserve considers the target Federal Funds rate its primary means of monetary policy normalization, in September 2017 it began reducing its securities holdings by not reinvesting the principal of maturing securities, subject to certain monthly caps on amounts not reinvested. In 2019, due to various factors, the Federal Reserve indicated no immediate further increases in its target Federal Funds rate, and that the Federal Reserve was reconsidering an appropriate level for its securities holdings, and therefore its securities sales.

The nature and timing of any changes in suchmonetary policies and their effect on the Company and the Bank cannot be predicted. The turnover of a majority of the Federal Reserve Board and the members of its FOMC and the appointment of a new Federal Reserve Chairman may result in changes in policy and the timing and amount of monetary policy normalization.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC’s DIF, and the Bank is subject to FDIC assessments for its deposit insurance, as well as assessments by the FDIC to pay interest on Financing Corporation (“FICO”) bonds.

Effective April 1,Since 2011, and as discussed above under “Recent Regulatory Developments”, the FDIC beganhas been calculating assessments based on an institution’s average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity (the “FDIC Assessment Base”) in accordance with changes mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act. The FDIC changed its assessment rates which shifted part of the burden of deposit insurance premiums toward depository institutions relying on funding sources other than U.S. deposits. Initial base

In 2016, the FDIC again changed its deposit insurance pricing and eliminated all risk categories and now uses “financial ratios method” based on CAMELS composite ratings to determine assessment rates for small established institutions with less than $10 billion in assets (“Small Banks”). The financial ratios method sets a maximum assessment for CAMELS 1 and 2 rated banks, and set minimum assessments for lower rated institutions. All basis points are annual amounts.

The following table shows the FDIC assessment schedule for 2018 applicable to second quarter 2011 assessments (and prospectively untilSmall Banks, such as the DIF reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent) are as follows:Bank.

 

    Deposit Insurance

Established Small Institution

CAMELS Composite

   
1 or 234 or 5

Initial Base Assessment Rule

3 to 16 basis points

6 to 30 basis points

16 to 30 basis points

  

    Risk Category    

        Assessment Rate        

I5 to 9 basis points 

Unsecured Debt Adjustment

  II

-5 to 0 basis points

  14

-5 to 0 basis points

-5 to 0 basis points

  
 III23 basis points 

Total Base Assessment Rate

  IV

1.5 to 16 basis points

  35

3 to 30 basis points

11 to 30 basis points

  

On March 15, 2016 the FDIC implemented Dodd-Frank Act provisions by raising the DIF’s minimum Reserve Ratio from 1.15% to 1.35%. The FDIC imposed a 4.5 basis point annual surcharge on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more (“Large Banks”). The new rules grant credits to smaller banks for the portion of their regular assessments that contribute to increasing the reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35%.

An institution’s overall rate may be higher by as much as 10 basis points or lower by as much as 2-5 basis points dependingThe FDIC’s reserve ratio reached 1.36% on adjustmentsSeptember 30, 2018, exceeding the minimum requirement. As a result, deposit insurance surcharges on Large Banks ceased, and smaller banks will receive credits against their deposit assessments from the FDIC for their portion of assessments that contributed to the base rate for unsecured debt and/or brokered deposits. Furthermore, undergrowth in the reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35%. The Bank’s credit was $0.2 million, and credits will be received and applied against the Bank’s deposit insurance assessment each quarter that the reserve ratio exceeds 1.36%.

Prior to June 30, 2016, when the new assessment system different rate schedules will take effect when the DIF reserve ratio reaches certain levels. For example, for banks in risk category II, the initial base assessment rate will be 14 basis points when the DIF reserve ratio is below 1.15 percent, 12 basis points when the DIF reserve ratio is between 1.15 percent and 2 percent, 10 basis points when the DIF reserve ratio is between 2 percent and 2.5 percent and 9 basis points when the DIF reserve ratio is 2.5 percent or higher.

Since inception of the new schedule,became effective, the Bank’s overall rate for assessment calculations has beenwas 9 basis points or less, which iswas within the range of assessment rates for Risk Category I.the lowest “risk category” under the former FDIC assessment rules. In both 20152018 and 2014,2017, the Company recorded $0.4 million in expense for FDIC insurance premiums.premiums expenses of $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay a pro rata portion of the interest due on FICO bonds, which mature during 2017 through 2019. FICO assessments are set by the FDIC quarterly on each institution’s FDIC Assessment Base. The FICO assessmentAssessment rate was 0.62 basis points in all four quarters of 2014 and 0.60 basis points in all of 2015, except for the third quarter of 2015. The FICO assessment was 0.580.560 basis points in the thirdfirst quarter of 2015. The2017, and 0.540 basis points through December 31, 2017. FICO assessment rate forassessments have been set at 0.460 basis points in the first quarter of 2016 was 0.582018, 0.440 basis points.points in the second quarter of 2018 and 0.320 basis points for the third and fourth quarters of 2018. FICO assessments of approximately $43$40 thousand and $42$20 thousand were paid to the FDIC in 20142017 and 2015,2018, respectively. The FICO assessments should continue to decline through 2019 when the last FICO bonds mature and such assessments end.

On October 22, 2015, the FDIC Board of Directors approved a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPR”) to implement Dodd-Frank provisions (1) raising the DIF’s minimum reserve ratio from 1.15 % to 1.35 %; (2) requiring that the DIF reserve ratio reach 1.35 % by September 30, 2020; and (3) requiring that the FDIC offset the effect of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion (“Small Banks”). The NPR proposes to surcharge insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more and grant credits to banks with fewer assets for the portion of their regular assessments that contribute to increasing the reserve ratio from 1.15 % to 1.35 %. Since this proposal is not final, its effects on us cannot be predicted. However, if adopted, it is likely to shift potential additional FDIC DIF costs away from Small Banks like us, to larger depository institutions.

Lending Practices

The federal bank regulatory agencies released guidance in 2006 on “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending” (the “Guidance”). The Guidance defines commercial real estate (“CRE”)CRE loans as exposures secured by raw land, land development and construction (including1-4 family residential construction), multi-family property, andnon-farm nonresidential property where the primary or a significant source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property (that is, loans for which 50% or more of the source of repayment comes from third party,non-affiliated, rental income) or the proceeds of the sale, refinancing, or permanent financing of this property. Loans to REITs and unsecured loans to developers that closely correlate to the inherent risks in CRE markets would also be considered CRE loans under the Guidance. Loans on owner occupied CRE are generally excluded.

The Guidance requires that appropriate processes be in place to identify, monitor and control risks associated with real estate lending concentrations. This could include enhanced strategic planning, CRE underwriting policies, risk management, internal controls, portfolio stress testing and risk exposure limits as well as appropriately designed compensation and incentive programs. Higher allowances for loan losses and capital levels may also be required. The Guidance is triggered when either: This Guidance was supplemented by the Interagency Statement on Prudent Risk Management for Commercial Real Estate Lending (December 18, 2015).

 

Total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land of 100% or more of a bank’s total capital; or

 

Total reported loans secured by multifamily and nonfarm nonresidential properties and loans for construction, land development, and other land are 300% or more of a bank’s total risk-based capital.

This Guidance was supplemented by the Interagency Statement on Prudent Risk Management for Commercial Real Estate Lending (December 18, 2015). The Guidance also applies when a bank has a sharp increase in CRE loans or has significant concentrations of CRE secured by a particular property type.

The Guidance did not apply to the Bank’s CRE lending activities at year-end 2015.during 2017 or 2018. At December 31, 2015,2018, the Bank had outstanding $44.0$40.2 million in construction and land development loans and $200.1$243.2 million in total CRE loans (excluding owner occupied), which represent approximately 50.4%41.6% and 229.3%251.6%, respectively, of the Bank’s total risk-based capital at December 31, 2015.2018. The Company has always had significant exposures to loans secured by commercial real estate due to the nature of its markets and the loan needs of both its retail and commercial customers. The Company believes its long term experience in CRE lending, underwriting policies, internal controls, and other policies currently in place, as well as its loan and credit monitoring and administration procedures, are generally appropriate to manage its concentrations as required under the Guidance.

The federal bank regulators continue to look at the risks of various assets and asset categories and risk management. In December 2015, the Federal Reserve and other bank regulators issued an interagency statement to highlight prudent risk management practices from existing guidance that regulated financial institutions should implement along with maintaining capital levels commensurate with the level and nature of their CRE concentration risk.

In 2013, the Federal Reserve and other banking regulators issued their “Interagency Guidance on Leveraged Lending” highlighting standards for originating leveraged transactions and managing leveraged portfolios, as well as requiring banks to identify their highly leveraged transactions, or HLTs. The Government Accountability Office issued a statement on October 23, 2017 that this guidance constituted a “rule” for purposes of the Congressional Review Act, which provides Congress with the right to review the guidance and issue a joint resolution for signature by the President disapproving it. No such action was taken, and instead, the federal bank regulators issued a September 11, 2018 “Statement Reaffirming the Role of Supervisory Guidance.” This Statement indicated that guidance does not have the force or effect of law or provide the basis for enforcement actions, and that guidance can outline supervisory agencies’ views of supervisory expectations and priorities, and appropriate practices.

The Bank did not have any loans atyear-end 2015 2018 or 2017 that were leveraged loans subject to the Interagency Guidance on Leveraged Lending (February 19, 2013).

Other Dodd-Frank Act Provisions

The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law on July 21, 2011. In addition to the capital, liquidity and FDIC deposit insurance changes discussed above, some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act we believe may affect us are set forth below.

Financial Stability Oversight Council

The Dodd-Frank Act createscreated the Financial Stability Oversight Council or “FSOC”, which is chaired by the Secretary of the Treasury and composed of representatives from various financial services regulators. The FSOC has responsibility for identifying risks and responding to emerging threats to financial stability.

Executive Compensation

The Dodd-Frank Act provides for a say on pay for shareholders of all public companies.companies with a say on executive compensation. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, each company must give its shareholders the opportunity to vote on the compensation of its executives, on anon-binding advisory basis, at least once every three years. The Dodd-Frank Act also adds disclosure and voting requirements for golden parachute compensation that is payable to named executive officers in connection with sale transactions.

The SEC is required under the Dodd-Frank Act to issue rules obligating companies to disclose in proxy materials for annual shareholders meetings, information that shows the relationship between executive compensation actually paid to their named executive officers and their financial performance, taking into account any change in the value of the shares of a company’s stock and dividends or distributions. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that a company’s compensation committee may only select a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor on methods of compensation after taking into consideration factors to be identified by the SEC that affect the independence of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor.

Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Act added section 10D to the Exchange Act. Section 10D directs the SEC to adopt rules prohibiting a national securities exchange or association from listing a company unless it develops, implements, and discloses a policy regarding the recovery or “claw-back” of executive compensation in certain circumstances. The policy must require that, in the event an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with a financial reporting requirement under the federal securities laws, the company will recover from any current or former executive officer any incentive-based compensation (including stock options) received during the three year period preceding the date of the restatement, which is in excess of what would have been paid based on the restated financial statements. There is no requirement of wrongdoing by the executive, and the claw-back is mandatory and applies to all executive officers. Section 954 augments section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, of 2002 (“SOX”), which requires the CEO and CFO to return any bonus or other incentive or equity-based compensation received during the 12 months following the date of similarly inaccurate financial statements, as well as any profit received from the sale of employer securities during the period, if the restatement was due to misconduct. Unlike section 304, under which only the SEC may seek recoupment, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the companyCompany to seek the return of compensation.

The SEC issuedadopted rules in September 2013 to implement pay ratios pursuant to Section 953 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which apply to fiscal year 2017 annual reports and proxy statements. The SEC proposed Rule10D-1 under Section 954 on July 1, 2015 thatwhich would direct Nasdaq and the other national securities exchanges to adopt listing standards requiring companies to adopt policies requiring executive officers to pay back erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation. In February 2017, the acting SEC Chairman indicated interest in reconsidering the pay ratio rule.

The Dodd-Frank Act, Section 955, requires the SEC, by rule, to require that each company disclose in the proxy materials for its annual meetings whether an employee or board member is permitted to purchase financial instruments designed to hedge or offset decreases in the market value of equity securities granted as compensation or otherwise held by the employee or board member. The SEC proposed implementing rules in February 2015, though the rules have not been implemented to date.

Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by covered financial institutions, and are deemed to be excessive, or that may lead to material losses. OnIn June 21, 2010, the federal bank regulators adoptedGuidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies,, which, although targeted to larger, more complex organizations than the Company, includes principles that have been applied to smaller organizations similar to the Company. This Guidance applies to incentive compensation to executives as well as employees, who, “individually or a part of a group, have the ability to expose the relevant banking organization to material amounts of risk.” Incentive compensation should:

 

Provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk and reward;

Be compatible with effective controls and risk-management; and

Be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors.

The federal bank regulators, the SEC and other regulators proposed regulations implementing Section 956 in April 2011, which would have been applicable to, among others, depository institutions and their holding companies with $1 billion or more in assets. An advance notice of a revised proposed joint rulemaking under Section 956 was published by the financial services regulators in May 2016, but no regulationsthese rules have not been adopted.

Other

The Dodd-Frank Act requires an estimated240-300 rulemakings and an estimated 130 studies. Many of these rules and studies have been completed. Generally, the rules have not yet been proposed or adopted,Dodd-Frank Act and manythe related rules are complex, and require consultation among a variety of agencies, and their effects upon us, whether directly, or indirectly on the regulation and costhave increased our compliance costs, as well as costs imposed on the markets and on others with whom we do business cannot be predicted.business. Many of the rules lack authoritative interpretative guidance from the applicable government agencies.

Corporate Governance

The Dodd-Frank Act clarifies that the SEC may, but is not required to promulgate rules that would require that a company’s proxy materials include a nominee for the board of directors submitted by a shareholder.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires stock exchanges to have rules prohibiting their members from voting securities that they do not beneficially own (unless they have received voting instructions from the beneficial owner) with respect to the election of a member of the board of directors, executive compensation or any other significant matter, as determined by the SEC by rule.

Credit Ratings

The Dodd-Frank Act includes a number of provisions that are targeted at improving the reliability of credit ratings. The federal bank regulators and the SEC have adopted rules to implement the Securities Act’s requirement to delete references to rating agency ratings for various purposes, including “investment securities,” which are permissible bank investments.

Debit Card Interchange Fees

The “Durbin Amendment” to the Dodd-Frank Act provides for a set of new rules requiring that interchange transaction fees for electric debit transactions be “reasonable” and proportional to certain costs associated with processing the transactions. The Federal Reserve has established standards for assessing whether interchange fees are reasonable and proportional, which a Federal District Court ruled were improperly adopted. This decision inNACS v. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,, was reversed by the District of Columbia Circuit Court of Appeals in 2014 and the Supreme Court declined to hear an appeal on January 20, 2015. The Durbin Amendment is not applicable to banks with assets less than $10 billion.

Derivatives

The Dodd-Frank Act requires a new regulatory system for the U.S. market for swaps and otherover-the counter derivatives, which includes strict capital and margin requirements, central clearing of standardizedover-the-counter derivatives, and heightened supervision ofover-the-counter derivatives dealers and major market participants. These rules could increaselikely have increased the costs and collateral required to utilize derivatives, that we could findmay determine are useful to reduce our interest rate and other risks.

Other Legislative and Regulatory Changes

Various legislative and regulatory proposals, in addition to those mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, regardingincluding substantial changes in banking, and the regulation of banks, thrifts and other financial institutions, compensation, and the regulation of financial markets and their participants and financial instruments, and the regulators of all of these, as well as the taxation of these entities, are being considered by the executive branch of the federal government, Congress and various state governments, including Alabama.

The President has frozen new rulemaking generally, and on February 3, 2017 issued an executive order containing “Core Principles for Regulating the United States Financial System” (“Core Principles”). The Core Principles direct the Secretary of the Treasury to consult with heads of Financial Stability Oversight Council’s members and report to the President within 120 days and periodically thereafter on how laws and government policies promote the Core Principles and to identify laws, regulations, guidance and reporting that inhibit financial services regulation in a manner consistent with the Core Principles. Another executive order required the repeal of two existing rules for any new significant regulatory proposal. Although this executive order does not apply to the SEC, the federal bank regulators or the CFPB, these independent agencies were encouraged to seek cost savings that would offset the costs of new significant regulatory actions.

The 2018 Growth Act, which, was enacted on May 24, 2018, amends the Dodd-Frank Act, the BHC Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and other federal banking and securities laws to provide regulatory relief in these areas:

consumer credit and mortgage lending;

capital requirements;

Volcker Rule compliance;

stress testing and enhanced prudential standards;

increased the asset threshold under the Federal Reserve’s Small BHC Policy from $1 billion to $3 billion; and

capital formation.

On July 6, 2018, the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC issued an interagency statement describing their interim positions on regulations affected by the 2018 Growth Act that remain in effect until the agencies amend their regulations to conform to that Act.

We are evaluating the 2018 Growth Act and its likely effects on us. We believe it will facilitate our business, subject to its interpretation and implementation by our regulators. The following provisions of the 2018 Growth Act may be especially helpful to banks of our size:

“qualifying community banks,” defined as institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion, which meet a “community bank leverage ratio” of 8.00% to 10.00%, may be deemed to have satisfied applicable risk based capital requirements as well as the capital ratio requirements;

section 13(h) of the BHC Act, or the “Volcker Rule,” is amended to exempt from the Volcker Rule, banks with total consolidated assets valued at less than $10 billion, and trading assets and liabilities comprising not more than 5.00% of total assets;

“reciprocal deposits” will not be considered “brokered deposits” for FDIC purposes, provided such deposits do not exceed the lesser of $5 billion or 20% of the bank’s total liabilities; and

The Volcker Rule change may enable us to invest in certain collateralized loan obligations that are treated as “covered funds” prohibited to banking entities by the Volcker Rule. Reciprocal deposits, such as CDARs, may expand our funding sources without being subjected to FDIC limitations and potential insurance assessments increases for brokered deposits. The FDIC announced on December 19, 2018 a final rules that change existing rules to comply with the 2018 Growth Act’s reciprocal deposits provisions effective March 26, 2019. Well-capitalized and well-rated banks are not required to treat reciprocal deposits as brokered deposits up to the lesser of 20% of total liabilities or $5 billion. Banks that are not both well-capitalized and well-rated may exclude reciprocal deposits under certain circumstances. The December 19, 2018 release also included a proposal seeking comments on the brokered deposits and related interest rates restrictions rules. Reciprocal deposits, such as CDARs, may expand our funding sources without being subjected to FDIC limitations and potential insurance assessments increases for brokered deposits.

On November 21, 2018, the federal banking agencies issued for public comment a proposal that would simplify regulatory capital requirements for qualifying community banking organizations, as required by the 2018 Growth Act. Under the proposal, a community banking organization would be eligible to elect the community bank leverage ratio framework if it has less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, limited amounts of certain assets andoff-balance sheet exposures, and a community bank leverage ratio greater than 9.00%. A qualifying community banking organization that has chosen the proposed framework would not be required to calculate the existing risk-based and leverage capital requirements. A firm would also be considered to have met the capital ratio requirements to be “well-capitalized” under the agencies’ prompt corrective action rules provided it has a community bank leverage ratio greater than 9%.

On December 21, 2018, the federal banking agencies issued for public comment a proposal that would amend the Volcker rule consistent with the 2018 Growth Act. The Volcker Rule change may enable us to invest in certain collateralized loan obligations that are treated as “covered funds” prohibited to banking entities by the Volcker Rule.

In addition, the federal banking agencies issued an interim final rule on December 21, 2018, as authorized by the 2018 Growth Act, that generally allows qualifying insured depository institutions with less than $3 billion in total assets to benefit from an extended18-monthon-site examination cycle. The FDIC announced on September 12, 2018 proposed rules that change existing rules to comply with the 2018 Growth Act’s reciprocal deposits provisions, and plans to later seek comments on its brokered deposits rules generally.

Certain of these proposals, if adopted, could significantly change the regulation or operations of banks and the financial services industry. New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of the nation’s financial institutions.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

Any of the following risks could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition and an investment in our stock. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements.

Difficult marketMarket conditions haveand economic cyclicality may adversely affectedaffect our industry.

We are exposed to downturns in the U.S. economy althoughand market conditions generally. Local employment and local economic conditions may be affected increasingly because of the localgrowth of automobile manufacturing and related suppliers located in our markets in which we operate in East Alabama were not asand nearby. These businesses are adversely affected during 2007-2010 as various other areasby higher interest rates and experience cyclicality of the country. Although declines in the housing market appear to be improving, declines in home prices and high levels of foreclosures, unemployment and under-employment since 2007, have negatively affected the credit performance of mortgage loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by various financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities as well as major commercial and investment banks. This market turmoil and the tightening of available credit led to increased levels of commercial and consumer delinquencies, reduced consumer confidence, increased market volatility and reductions in business activity, although signs of stabilization and some recovery have continued to evolve. Failures increased among financial services companies, and various companies, weakened by market conditions, have merged with other institutions.sales.

We believe the following, among other things, may affect us in 2016:2019:

 

We expect to face continued high levels of regulation of our industry as a result of continued Dodd-Frank Act rulemaking and other initiatives by the U.S. government and its regulatory agencies, including the CFPB.agencies. Compliance with such laws and regulations may increase our costs, reduce our profitability, and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities and serve customers’ needs. Although there has been discussionIn addition to the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act of 2018 (the “2018 Growth Act”), various pending bills in Congress and statements by our regulators have provided some, and may provide further regulatory relief for banking organizations of our size, we do not expect materialsize. We believe that comprehensive regulatory relief will be slow and contentious. We are uncertain about the scope, nature and timing of any regulatory relief, and its effect on us.

The Federal Reserve adopted in 2016.

September 2014 a normalization of monetary policy (the “Federal Reserve Normalization Policy”), which includes gradually raising the Federal Reserve’s target range for the Federal Funds rate to more normal levels and gradually reducing the Federal Reserve’s holdings of U.S. government and agency securities. The Federal Reserve’s target Federal Funds rate has increased nine times since December 2015 in 25 basis point increments from 0.25% to 2.50% on December 20, 2018. Although employment is increasing, the economy is growing relatively slowly,Federal Reserve considers the target Federal Funds rate its primary means of monetary policy normalization, in September 2017, it also began reducing its securities holdings by not reinvesting the principal of maturing securities, subject to certain monthly caps on amounts not reinvested. Such reduction may also push interest rates higher and reduce liquidity in the financial system. Since its December 2018 increase in the target Federal Funds rate of 25 basis points, the Federal Reserve has expressed that it will remain patient in raising rates in 2019 and has indicated concerns over raising interest rates to more normal levelsthat it is evaluating its securities sales and the target size of the Federal Reserve’s securities portfolio in light of its inflation and employment goals, subject to domestic or global events. The nature and global uncertainty.timing of any changes in monetary policies and their effect on us and the Bank cannot be predicted. The turnover of a majority of the Federal Reserve Board and the members of its Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) and the appointment of a new Federal Reserve Chairman may result in changes in policy and timing and amount of monetary policy normalization.

 

Market developments, including employment and price levels, stock market volatility and declines, and tax changes, such as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”), may affect consumer confidence levels from time to time in different directions, and may cause adverse changes in payment behaviors and payment rates, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which could affect our charge-offs and provisions for credit losses.

 

Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers and those we do business with, and to estimate the values of our assets and collateral for loans may be impaired if the models and approaches we use become less predictive of future behaviors valuations, assumptions or estimates.and valuations. The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure or estimate the value of certain assets requires difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how thesethose economic predictions might affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or the value of assets.

 

The 2017 Tax Act substantially limits the deductibility of all state and local taxes for U.S. taxpayers, including property taxes, lowers the cap on residential mortgage indebtedness for which U.S. taxpayers may deduct interest. These changes could have adverse effects on home sales, the volume of new mortgage and home equity loans and the values and salability of residences held as collateral for loans.

Our ability to borrow from and engage in other business with other financial institutions on favorable terms or at all could be adversely affected by disruptions in the capital markets or other events, including, among other things, investor expectations and changes in regulations.

 

Failures of other depositoryfinancial institutions in our markets and increasing consolidation of financial services companies as a result of market conditions could increase our deposits and assets and necessitate additional capital, and could have unexpected adverse effects upon us and our business.

 

The Volcker“Volcker Rule, including final regulations adopted onin December 10, 2013, may affect us adversely by reducing market liquidity and securities inventories at those institutions where we buy and sell securities for our portfolio and increasing thebid-ask spreads on securities we purchase or sell. These rules may decreasehave decreased the range of permissible investments, such as collateralcertain collateralized loan obligationsobligation (“CLOs”CLO”), interests, which we could otherwise use to diversify our assets and for asset/liability management. The 2018 Growth Act removed Volcker Rule restrictions generally on banks under $10 billion in assets, and the federal banking agencies have asked for public comment on a proposal that is intended to simplify and tailor compliance requirements relating to the Volcker Rule.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, central clearinghouses, commercial banks, and investment funds, our correspondent banks and other financial institutions. Our ability to engage in routine investment and banking transactions, as well as the quality and values of our investments in equity securities and obligations of other financial institutions, could be adversely affected by the actions, financial condition, and profitability of such other financial institutions with which we deal, including, without limitation, the FHLB and our correspondent banks. At December 31, 2015,2018, the amortized cost of the Bank’s investments in FHLB and our correspondent bank’s common stock was approximately $1.1 million. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of shared credits, trading, clearing, counterparty and other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems, losses of depositor, creditor or counterparty confidence in certain institutions and could lead to losses or defaults by other institutions, and in some cases, failure of such institutions. Any losses, defaults by, or failures of, the institutions we do business with could adversely affect our holdings of the debt of and equity in, such other institutions, our participation interests in loans originated by other institutions, and our business, including our liquidity, financial condition and earnings.

Nonperforming and similar assets take significant time to resolve and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

At December 31, 2015,2018, our nonaccrual loans totaled $2.7$0.2 million, or 0.64%0.04% of total loans. In addition, weWe had approximately $0.3$0.2 million ofin properties held as other real estate owned at December 31, 2015.2018. Ournon-performing assets may adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on nonaccrual loans or OREO and these assets require higher loan administration and other costs, thereby adversely affecting our income. Decreases in the value of these assets, or the underlying collateral, or in the related borrowers’ performance or financial condition, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond our control, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires commitments of time from management, which can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities. There can be no assurance that we will not experience increases in nonperforming loans in the future.

Our allowance for loan losses may prove inadequate or we may be negatively affected by credit risk exposures.

Our business depends on the creditworthiness of our customers. We periodically review our allowance for loan losses for adequacy considering economic conditions and trends, collateral values and credit quality indicators, including pastcharge-off experience and levels of past due loans and nonperforming assets. We cannot be certain that our allowance for loan losses will be adequate over time to cover credit losses in our portfolio because of unanticipated adverse changes in the economy, market conditions or events adversely affecting specific customers, industries or markets, and changes in borrower behaviors. If the credit quality of our customer base materially decreases, if the risk profile of athe market, industry or group of customers changes materially or weaknesses in the real estate markets worsen, borrower payment behaviors change, or if our allowance for loan losses is not adequate, our business, financial condition, including our liquidity and capital, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) has proposed changingadopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)No. 2016-13 “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” on June 16, 2016, which changed the loss model to take into account current expected credit losses or “CECL”(“CECL”). The final terms andASUNo. 2016-13 is effective date of this proposal are unknown, but couldfor our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2020. We have not yet determined how ASUNo. 2016-13 will affect our results of operations and financial condition. CECL implementation requires significant time and costs, and CECL’s effect on our income, the variability of our income and regulatory capital could be material, notwithstanding a three-yearphase-in of CECL for regulatory capital purposes.

WeaknessesChanges in the real estate markets, including the secondary market for residential mortgage loans, may continue to adversely affect us.

TheNotwithstanding changes made by the 2018 Growth Act, the effects of the CFPB changes to mortgage and servicing rules effective at the beginning of 2014, the CFPB’s new unified Truth-in-Lending Act and Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”)TRID rules (“TRID”) for closed end credit transactions secured by real property that became effective in October 2015, enforcement actions, reviews and settlements, changes in the securitization rules under the Dodd-Frank Act, including the risk retention rules that became effective on December 24, 2016, and the Basel III Rules combined withcould have serious adverse effects on the continuing conservatorshipsmortgage markets and our mortgage operations.

The TRID rules have affected our current and proposed mortgage business and have increased our costs as a result of our compliance efforts. In addition, the CFPB’s regulations that lenders determine whether a consumer has the ability to repay a mortgage loan have limited the secondary market for and liquidity of many mortgage loans that are not “qualified mortgages.”

Increasing interest rates and the 2017 Tax Act’s limitations on the deductibility of residential mortgage interest and state and local property and other taxes could adversely affect consumer behaviors and the volumes of housing sales, mortgage and home equity loan originations, as well as the value and liquidity of residential property held as collateral by lenders such as the Bank, and the secondary markets for residential loans. Acquisition, construction and development loans for residential development may be similarly adversely affected.

The Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae,”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac,Mac”), have been in conservatorship since September 2008. Minimal capital, the levels of risky assets at the FHAFederal Housing Administration (the “FHA”), and its relatively low capital and reserves for losses, the current levels of home sales, and the risks of interest rates increasing materially from historically low levels, as well as the 2017 Tax Act, could also have serious adverse effects on the mortgage markets and our mortgage operations. Such adverse effects could include, among other things, price reductions in single family home values, further adversely affecting the liquidity and value of collateral securing commercial loans for residential acquisition, construction and development, as well as residential mortgage loans that we hold, mortgage loan originations and gains on sale of mortgage loans. In the event our allowance for loan losses is insufficient to cover such losses, if any, our earning, capital and liquidity could be adversely affected.

Significant ongoing disruptions in the secondary market for residential mortgage loans have limited the market for and liquidity of most mortgage loans other than conforming Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and FHA loans. Declines in real estate values, low home sales volumes, financial stress on borrowers as a result of job losses or reduced incomes, interest rate increases, generally, including resets on adjustable rate mortgage loans, maturities of second lien mortgages or other factors have adversely affected borrowers during recent years. Higher interest rate and changes in mortgage loan rules, could result in fewer mortgage originations, higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, as well as increased regulation capital requirement which would adversely affect our financial condition, including capital and liquidity, and our results of operations. In the event our allowance for loan losses is insufficient to cover such losses, if any, our earnings, capital and liquidity could be adversely affected. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the largest purchasers of residential mortgage loans, remain in federal conservatorship and the timing and effects of their resolution cannot be predicted.

Weaknesses in real estate markets may adversely affect the length of time and costs required to manage and dispose of, and the values realized from the sale of our OREO.

CFPB residential mortgage origination rules may change our business and costs.

The CFPB’s final regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act requirement that lenders determine whether a consumer has the ability to repay a mortgage loan became effective in January 2014. These encourage the origination of residential mortgages that meet the new requirements for “qualified mortgages.” These may adversely affect our product offerings, reduce our mortgage origination volume and increase our costs to originate residential mortgage loans, which could adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition, especially where residential mortgage origination volume is declining, generally.

We may be contractually obligated to repurchase mortgage loans we sold to third parties on terms unfavorable to us.

As a routine part of its business, the Company originates mortgage loans that it subsequently sells in the secondary market, including to governmental agencies and government sponsored entities (“GSEs”),GSEs, such as Fannie Mae. In connection with the sale of these loans, the Company makes customary representations and warranties, the breach of which may result in the Company being required to repurchase the loan or loans. Furthermore, the amount paid may be greater than the fair value of the loan or loans at the time of the repurchase. Although mortgage loan repurchase requests made to us have been limited, if these increased notwithstanding new repurchase procedures adopted in late 2015 and early 2016 by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, we may have to establish reserves for possible repurchases and adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition.

ServicingMortgage servicing rights requirements may change and require us to incur additional costs and risks.

On February 9, 2012, the DOJ and various state attorneys general announced a $25 billion agreement with the nation’s five largest mortgage servicers to address mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure abuses. While we were not a party to the settlement or a subject of the joint governmental investigation, we cannot be assured that the settlement may ultimately affectThe CFPB’s residential mortgage servicing standards generally, which could increase complianceinclude servicing requirements, require servicer activities and delay foreclosures, among other things. These may adversely affect our costs of servicingto service residential mortgage loans.loans, and together with the Basel III Rules, may decrease the returns on our MSRs. The CFPB continuesand the bank regulators continue to bring enforcement actions and develop proposals, rules and rulespractices that could increase the costs of providing mortgage servicing. This could reduce our income from servicing these types of loans and make it more difficult and costly to timely realize the value of collateral securing such loans upon a borrower default.

Changes in residential servicing regulations may have adverse effects on our resales and servicing of residential mortgage loans.

The CFPB adopted new residential mortgage servicing standards in January 2014 that add additional servicing requirements, increase our required servicer activities and delay foreclosures, among other things. These may adversely affect our costs to service residential mortgage loans, and together with the Basel III Rules, may decrease the returns on our MSRs.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac restructuring may adversely affect the mortgage markets and our sales of mortgages we originatedoriginated.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remain in conservatorship. In March 2014, bi-partisanconservatorship, and although legislation washas been introduced in the U.S. Senateat various times to restructure Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to take them out of conservatorship and substantially change the way they conduct business in the future.future, no proposal has been enacted. Through 2015, and thereafter2017, all of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac’s earnings above a specified capital reserve have been swept into the U.S. Treasury and have not been available to build these GSE’sFannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s capital. At the end of 2017, the capital reserve was increased to $3 billion for each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

In February 2018, Fannie Mae reported that the 2017 Tax Act had reduced its DTAs, and that it had a net worth deficit of $3.7 billion as of December 31, 2017. To eliminate its net worth deficit, the Treasury Department provided Fannie Mae with $3.7 billion of capital in the first quarter of 2018. Fannie Mae reported that it had a net worth of $6.2 billion as of December 31, 2018. Freddie Mac had a net worth deficit of $312 million at December 31, 2017, and the Treasury Department provided Freddie Mac with $312 million of capital in the first quarter of 2018. Freddie Mac reported that it had a net worth of $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2018.

Since these two entitiesFannie Mae and Freddie Mac dominate the residential mortgage markets, any changes in their structure and any futureoperations, as well as their respective capital, deficiencies could adversely affect the primary and secondary mortgage markets, and our residential mortgage origination and servicing businesses, our results of operationoperations and the returns on capital deployed in these businesses.

Our concentration of commercial real estate loans could result in further increased loan losses, and adversely affect our business, earnings, and financial condition.

Commercial real estate or CRE,(“CRE”), is cyclical and poses risks of possible loss due to concentration levels and risks of the assets being financed, which include loans for the acquisition and development of land and residential construction. The federal bank regulatory agencies released guidance in 2006 on “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending.” The guidance defines CRE loans as exposures secured by raw land, land development and construction (including1-4 family residential construction), multi-family property, andnon-farmnon-residential property, where the primary or a significant source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property (that is, loans for which 50% or more of the source of repayment comes from third party,non-affiliated, rental income) or the proceeds of the sale, refinancing, or permanent financing of the property. Loans to REITs and unsecured loans to developers that closely correlate to the inherent risks in CRE markets would also be considered CRE loans under the guidance. Loans on owner occupied commercial real estate are generally excluded from CRE for purposes of this guidance. We had 57.8%62.8% of our portfolio in CRE loans, as defined by the Federal Reserve, atyear-end 2015 2018 compared to 56.5%61.1% atyear-end 2014. 2017. The banking regulators continue to give CRE lending scrutiny and further addressed their concerns over CRE activity in December 2015, and require2016, requiring banks with higher levels of CRE loans to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as higher levels of allowances for possible losses and capital levels as a result of CRE lending growth and exposures. Lower demand for CRE, and reduced availability of, and higher interest rates and costs for, CRE lending could adversely affect our CRE loans and sales of our OREO, and therefore our earnings and financial condition, including our capital and liquidity.

Our ability to realize our deferred tax assets may be reduced in the future if our estimates of future taxable income from our operations and tax planning strategies do not support this amount, and the amount of net operating loss carry-forwards realizable for income tax purposes may be reduced under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code by sales of our capital securities.

We are allowed to carry-back losses for fivetwo years for Federal income tax purposes as otherwise permitted generally under the Worker, Homeownership, and Business Assistance Act of 2009 which was signed into law on November 6, 2009.purposes. As of December 31, 2015,2018, we had net deferred tax assets of $0.2$1.8 million. These and future deferred tax assets may be further reduced in the future if our estimates of future taxable income from our operations and tax planning strategies do not support the amount of the deferred tax asset. The amount of net operating loss carry-forwards realizable for income tax purposes potentially could be further reduced under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code by a significant offering and/or other sales of our capital securities. The Basel III Rules reduce the regulatory capital benefits of deferred tax assets, also.

Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in highly competitive markets.

The East Alabama banking markets in which we do business are highly competitive and our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in these markets. We compete for loans, deposits and other financial services in our markets with other local, regional and national commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, mortgage lenders, and securities and insurance brokerage firms. Marketplace lenders operating nationwide over the internet are growing rapidly. Many of our competitors offer products and services different from us, and have substantially greater resources, name recognition and market presence than we do, which benefits them in attracting business. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we are able to and have broader and more diverse customer and geographic bases to draw upon. The Dodd-Frank Act allows others to branch into our markets more easily from other states. Failures of other banks with offices in our markets could also lead to the entrance of new, stronger competitors in our markets.

Our success depends on local economic conditions where we operate.

Our success depends on the general economic conditions in the geographic markets we serve in Alabama. The local economic conditions in our markets have a significant effect on our commercial, real estate and construction loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. Adverse changes in the economic conditions of the Southeastern United States in general, or in one or more of our local markets could negatively affect our results of operations and our profitability. Our local economy is also affected by the growth of automobile manufacturing and related suppliers located in our markets and nearby. Auto sales are cyclical and are affected adversely by higher interest rates.

Our cost of funds may increase as a result of general economic conditions, interest rates, inflation and competitive pressures.

Although itthe Federal Reserve has raised the target federal fundsFederal Funds rate by 25 basis pointsnine times between December 2015 and January 2018 and has been selling securities in December 2015,accordance with efforts to normalize monetary policy, the Federal Reserve to keephas kept interest rates low over recent years, and the federal government continues large deficit spending. Our costs of funds may increase as a result of general economic conditions, interest rates and competitive pressures, and potential inflation resulting from government deficit spending, the effects of the 2017 Tax Act and monetary policies. Traditionally, we have obtained funds principally through local deposits and borrowings from other institutional lenders. Generally, we believe local deposits are a cheaper and more stable source of funds than borrowings because interest rates paid for local deposits are typically lower than interest rates charged for borrowings from other institutional lenders. Increases in interest rates could also changemay cause consumers to shift their funds to more interest bearing instruments and to increase the competition for funds.and costs of deposits. While the Federal Reserve has indicated it will seek to maintaingradually adjust low interest rates through its target Federal Funds rate and securities sales by taking a patient approach in light of market conditions and risks, and its inflation and employment goals, interest rates could increase more than anticipated. See “Fiscal“Supervision and Regulation – Fiscal and Monetary Policy”. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investment assets or from transaction deposits to higher interest bearing time deposits, we could lose a relatively low cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income. Additionally, any such loss of funds could result in lower loan originations and growth, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our profitability and liquidity may be affected by changes in interest rates and interest rate levels, the shape of the yield curve and economic conditions.

Our profitability depends upon net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Net interest income will be adversely affected if market interest rates change where the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings increases faster than the interest earned on loans and investments. Interest rates, and consequently our results of operations, are affected by general economic conditions (domestic and foreign)institutional) and fiscal and monetary policies, as well as expectations of these rates and policies and the shape of the yield curve. Decreases inOur income is primarily driven by the spread between these rates. As a result, a steeper yield curve, meaning long-term interest rates generallyare significantly higher than short-term interest rates, would provide the Bank with a better opportunity to increase net interest income. Conversely, a flattening yield curve could pressure our net interest margin as our cost of funds increases relative to the market valuesspread we can earn on our assets. In addition, net interest income could be affected by asymmetrical changes in the different interest rate indexes, given that not all of fixed-rate, interest-bearing investmentsour assets or liabilities are priced with the same index. The normalization of the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy, which is gradually increasing the Federal Reserve’s target Federal Funds rates and loans held,decreasing the Federal Reserve’s holdings of securities, may have unpredictable effects on the shape of the yield curve and increase the values of loan sales and mortgage loan activities. However, thelonger term interest rates.

The production of mortgages and other loans and the value of collateral securing our loans, are dependent on demand within the markets we serve, as well as interest rates. The levels of sales, as well as the values of real estate in our markets may remain below the levels of several years ago. Declining interest rates reflect efforts by the Federal Reserve to stimulate the economy, but such efforts may not be effective, and otherwise adversely affect our net interest margin and thus may negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition, liquidity and earnings. The end of new securities purchases under QE and/or increases generally in interest rates by the Federal Reserve, could increase mortgage interest rates and decrease origination volumes.

Increases in interest rates generally decrease the market values of fixed-rate, interest-bearing investments and loans held, and the productionvalue of mortgage and other loans produced and the value of loans sold, mortgage loan activities and the collateral securing our loans, and therefore may adversely affect our liquidity and earnings, to the extent not offset by potential increases in our net interest margin.margin and the value of our mortgage servicing rights.

The 2017 Tax Act, including its limitations on the deductibility of residential mortgage interest, state and local taxes and business interest expenses and other changes, could have mixed effects on economic activity and reduce the demand for loans and increase competition among lenders for loans. This Act could promote inflation and higher interest rates, including as a result of increased fiscal deficits.

The Company is an entity separate and distinct from the Bank.

The Company is an entity separate and distinct from the Bank. Company transactions with the Bank are limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W. We depend upon the Bank’s earnings and dividends, which are limited by law and regulatory policies and actions, for cash to pay the Company’s debt and corporate obligations, and to pay dividends to our shareholders. If the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company was terminated or limited, the Company’s liquidity and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Liquidity risks could affect operations and jeopardize our financial condition.

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, proceeds from loan repayments or sales proceeds from, maturing loans and securities, and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our funding sources include federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, core andnon-core deposits, and short- and long-term debt. We maintain a portfolio of securities that can be used as a source of liquidity. We are also members of the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, where we can obtain advances collateralized with eligible assets. We maintain a portfolio of securities that can be used as a source of liquidity. There are other sources of liquidity available to the Company or the Bank should they be needed, including our ability to acquire additionalnon-core deposits. We may be able, depending upon market conditions, to otherwise borrow money or issue and sell debt securities includingand preferred or common securities in public or private transactions. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities or on terms which are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or the economy in general. Our ability to borrow or obtain funding, if needed, could also be impaired by factorsGeneral conditions that are not specific to us, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry.industry could adversely affect us.

We are subject to extensive regulation that could limit or restrict our activities and adversely affect our earnings.

We and our subsidiaries are regulated by several regulators, including the Federal Reserve, the Alabama Superintendent, the SEC and the FDIC. Our success is affected by state and federal regulations affecting banks and bank holding companies, and the securities markets, and our costs of compliance could adversely affect our earnings. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors, and the FDIC Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”), not shareholders. The financial services industry also is subject to frequent legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes. In addition, the interpretations of regulations by regulators may change and statutes may be enacted with retroactive impact. From time to time, regulators raise issues during examinations of us which, if not determined satisfactorily, could have a material adverse effect on us. Compliance with applicable laws and regulations is time consuming and costly and may affect our profitability.

The current President and members of his political party in Congress have promoted and supported regulatory relief for the banking industry. The nature, effects and timing of administrative and legislative change, including the 2018 Growth Act, and possible changes andin regulations or regulatory approach, as a large numberresult of required Dodd-Frank Act rules have yet to be finalized, and the effectsa Democrat-controlled House of all theseRepresentatives elected in 2018, cannot be predicted. FederalThe federal bank regulatory agenciesregulators and the Treasury Department, as well as the Congress and the President, are evaluating the regulation of banks, other financial services providers and the financial markets and such changes, if any, could require us to maintain more capital and liquidity, and restrict our activities, which could adversely affect our growth, profitability and financial condition. Our consumer finance products, including residential mortgage loans, are subject to CFPB regulations and evolving standards reflecting CFPB releases, rule-making and enforcement actions.

Changes in accounting and tax rules applicable to banks could adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.

From time to time, the FASB and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be harddifficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in us restating prior period financial statements.FASB has proposedTheFASB’s new guidance under ASUNo. 2016-13 includes significant changes to the manner in which banks’ allowance for loan losses wouldwill be calculated.calculated beginning January 1, 2020. Instead of using historical losses, the proposed CECL model wouldwill be forward lookingforward-looking with respect to expected losses over the life of loans. It is unknown when or what form CECL will be adopted. If adopted, itloans and other instruments, and could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition.condition, including the variability of our results of operations and our regulatory capital, notwithstanding a three-yearphase-in of CECL for regulatory capital purposes.

The 2017 Tax Act may have adverse effects on certain of our customers and our businesses.

The 2017 Tax Act will benefit the Bank by reducing the maximum U.S. corporate income tax rate on its taxable income from 35% to 21%. This benefit may be diminished by the complexity, uncertainty and possible adverse effects of this legislation on certain of our borrowers, including limitations on the deductibility of:

residential mortgage interest;

state and local taxes, including property taxes; and

business interest expenses.

These changes may adversely affect borrowers’ cash flows and the values and liquidity of collateral we hold to secure our loans. Fewer borrowers may be able to meet the CFPB’s “ability to repay” standards under the Truth in Lending Act and CFPB regulations, which include the borrower’s ability to pay taxes and assessments. Demand for loans by qualified borrowers could be reduced, and therefore competition among lenders could increase. Customer behaviors toward incurring and repaying debt could also change as a result of the 2017 Tax Act. As a result, the 2017 Tax Act could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations, at least before taking into account our lower U.S. corporate income tax rate.

We are required to maintain capital to meet regulatory requirements, and if we fail to maintain sufficient capital, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be adversely affected.

We and the Bank must meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity, including liquidity at the Company, as well as the Bank. If we fail to meet these capital and other regulatory requirements, including more rigorous requirements arising from our regulators’ implementation of Basel III, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected. Our failure to remain “well capitalized” and “well managed”, including meeting the Basel III capital conservation buffers, for bank regulatory purposes could affect customer confidence, our ability to grow, our costs of funds and FDIC insurance, our ability to raise brokered deposits, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock and our ability to make acquisitions, and we would no longer meet the requirements for becoming a financial holding company. These could also affect our ability to use discretionary bonuses to attract and retain quality people.personnel. The Basel III Capital Rules include a new minimum ratio of common equity tier 1 capital, or CET1, to risk-weighted assets of 4.5% and a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets.See “Supervision and Regulation—Basel III Capital Rules.” Although we currently have capital ratios that exceed all these minimum levels currently and on afully phased-in basis and a strategic plan to maintain these levels, we or the Bank may be unable to continue to satisfy the capital adequacy requirements for the following reasons:

losses and/or increases in the Bank’s credit risk assets and expected losses resulting from the deterioration in the creditworthiness of borrowers and the issuers of equity and debt securities;

difficulty in refinancing or issuing instruments upon redemption or at maturity of such instruments to raise capital under acceptable terms and conditions;

declines in the value of our securities portfolios;

revisions to the regulations or their application by our regulators that increase our capital requirements;

reductions in the value of our DTAs; and other adverse developments; and

unexpected growth and an inability to increase capital timely.

A failure to remain “well capitalized,” for bank regulatory purposes, including meeting the Basel III Capital Rule’s conservation buffer, could adversely affect customer confidence, and our:

ability to grow;

the costs of and availability of funds;

FDIC deposit insurance premiums;

ability to raise or replace brokered deposits;

ability to make acquisitions or engage in new activities;

flexibility if we become subject to prompt corrective action restrictions;

ability to make discretionary bonuses to attract and retain quality personnel;

ability to make payments of principal and interest on our capital instruments; and

ability to pay dividends on our capital stock.

The Dodd-Frank Act currently restricts our future issuance of trust preferred securities and cumulative preferred securities as eligible Tier 1 risk-based capital for purposes of the regulatory capital guidelines for bank holding companies.

While banksWe repurchased and thrift holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009 are permitted to includeretired all our outstanding trust preferred securities that were issued before May 19, 2010 as Tier 1 capital underin 2018, and the Dodd-Frank Act only bank holding companies with assets of less than $500 million are permitted to continuedoes not permit us to issue new trust preferred securities and have them count as Tier 1 capital. Accordingly, should we determine it is advisable, or should our regulators require us, based upon new capital or liquidity regulations or otherwise, to raise additional Tier 1 risk-based capital, unless we qualified under the new Small BHC policy, we would not be able to issue additional trust preferred securities orsecurities. Under the Federal Reserve’s Small BHC Policy, the Company could issue senior or secured debt, the proceeds of which could be downstreameddown-streamed as capital to the Bank. Instead, we would have toBank as capital. We also could issue noncumulative preferred stock or common equity. To the extent we issue new equity, it could result in dilution to our existing shareholders. To the extent we issue preferred stock, dividends on the preferred stock, unlike distributions paid on trust preferred securities, would not be tax deductible, and the preferred stock would have a preference in liquidation and in dividends to our common stock.deductible.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed or on favorable terms.

We anticipate that our current capital resources will satisfy our capital requirements for the foreseeable future under currently effective rules. We may, however, need to raise additional capital to support our growth or currently unanticipated losses, or to meet the needs of our communities, resulting from failures or cutbacks by our competitors, and the Basel III Rules. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend, among other things, on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are limited by events outside our control, and on our financial performance. If we cannot raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be limited.

Future acquisitions and expansion activities may disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our operating results.

We regularly evaluate potential acquisitions and expansion opportunities, including new branches and other offices. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately or profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other banks, branches, or businesses, as well as other geographic and product expansion activities, involve various risks including:

 

risks of unknown or contingent liabilities;

 

unanticipated costs and delays;

 

risks that acquired new businesses will not perform consistent with our growth and profitability expectations;

 

risks of entering new markets or product areas where we have limited experience;

risks that growth will strain our infrastructure, staff, internal controls and management, which may require additional personnel, time and expenditures;

 

exposure to potential asset quality issues with acquired institutions;

 

difficulties, expenses and delays of integrating the operations and personnel of acquired institutions;

 

potential disruptions to our business;

 

possible loss of key employees and customers of acquired institutions;

 

potential short-term decreases in profitability; and

 

diversion of our management’s time and attention from our existing operations and business.

Attractive acquisition opportunities may not be available to us in the future.

While we seek continued organic growth, we also may consider the acquisition of other businesses. We expect that other banking and financial companies, many of which have significantly greater resources, will compete with us to acquire financial services businesses. This competition could increase prices for potential acquisitions that we believe are attractive. Also, acquisitions are subject to various regulatory approvals. If we fail to receive the appropriate regulatory approvals, we will not be able to consummate an acquisition that we believe is in our best interests, and regulatory approvals could contain conditions that reduce the anticipated benefits of any transaction. Among other things, our regulators consider our capital, liquidity, profitability, regulatory compliance and levels of goodwill and intangibles when considering acquisition and expansion proposals. Any acquisition could be dilutive to our earnings and shareholders’ equity per share of our common stock.

Technological changes affect our business, and we may have fewer resources than many competitors to invest in technological improvements.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driventechnology driven products and services.services and a growing demand for mobile and user-based banking applications. In addition to serving clientsallowing us to analyze our customers better, the effective use of technology may increase efficiency and may enable financial institutions to reduce costs.costs, risks associated with fraud and compliance with anti-money laundering and other laws, and various operational risks. Largely unregulated “fintech” businesses have increased their participation in the lending and payments business, and have increased competition in these businesses. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to use technology to provide products and services that provide convenience to customersmeet our customers’ preferences and to create additional efficiencies in operations, while avoiding cyber attackscyber-attacks and disruptions, and data breaches. We may need to make significant additional capital investments in technology, including cyber and data security, and we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services, or such technology may prove less effective than sought.anticipated. Many larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements and, increasingly,non-banking firms are using technology to compete with traditional lenders for loans and other banking services.

Operational risks are inherent in our businesses.

Operational risks and losses can result from internal and external fraud; gaps or weaknesses in our risk management or internal audit procedures; errors by employees or third parties; failure to document transactions properly or to obtain proper authorization; failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements and conduct of business rules in the various jurisdictions where we do business or have customers; failures in the models we generate and rely on; equipment failures, including those caused by natural disasters or by electrical, telecommunications or other essential utility outages; business continuity and data security system failures, including those caused by computer viruses, cyberattacks, unforeseen problems encountered while implementing major new computer systems or, upgrades to existing systems or inadequate access to data or poor response capabilities in light of such business continuity and data security system failures; or the inadequacy or failure of systems and controls, including those of our suppliers or counterparties. In addition, we face certain risks inherent in the ownership and operation of our bank premises and other real-estate, including liability for “slip and fall” and other accidents on our properties. Although we have implemented risk controls and loss mitigation actions, and substantial resources are devoted to developing efficient procedures, identifying and rectifying weaknesses in existing procedures and training staff, it is not possible to be certain that such actions have been or will be effective in controlling each of the operational risks faced by us.

Potential gaps in our risk management policies and internal audit procedures may leave us exposed unidentified or unanticipated risk, which could negatively affect our business.

Our enterprise risk management and internal audit program is designed to mitigate material risks and loss to us. We have developed and continue to develop risk management and internal audit policies and procedures to reflect the ongoing review of our risks and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our policies and procedures may not be comprehensive and may not identify every risk to which we are exposed, and our internal audit process may fail to detect such weaknesses or deficiencies in our risk management framework. Many of our methods for managing risk and exposures use observed historical market behavior to model or project potential future exposure. Models used by our business are based on assumptions and projections. These models may not operate properly or our inputs and assumptions may be inaccurate. As a result, these methods may not fully predict future exposures, which can be significantly greater than historical measures indicate. Other risk management methods depend upon the evaluation of information regarding markets, clients, or other matters that are publicly available or otherwise accessible to us. This information may not always be accurate, complete,up-to-date or properly evaluated. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we can effectively review and monitor all risks or that all of our employees will closely follow our risk management policies and procedures, nor can there be any assurance that our risk management policies and procedures will enable us to accurately identify all risks and limit our exposures based on our assessments. In addition, we may have to implement more extensive and perhaps different risk management policies and procedures under new or pending regulations. All of these could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure to protect the confidentiality of customer information could adversely affect our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Various federal and state laws enforced by the bank regulators and other agencies protect the privacy and security of customers’non-public personal information. Many of our employees have access to, and routinely process personal information of clients through a variety of media, including information technology systems. We rely on various internal processes and controls to protect the confidentiality of client information that is accessible to, or in the possession of, us and our employees. It is possible that an employee could, intentionally or unintentionally, disclose or misappropriate confidential client information or our data could be the subject of a cybersecurity attack. Such personal data could also be compromised by third party hackers via intrusions into our systems or those of service providers or persons we do business with such as credit bureaus, data processors and merchants who accept credit or debit cards for payment. If we fail to maintain adequate internal controls, or if our employees fail to comply with our policies and procedures, misappropriation or intentional or unintentional inappropriate disclosure or misuse of client information could occur. Such internal control inadequacies ornon-compliance could materially damage our reputation, lead to civil or criminal penalties, or both, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our information systems may experience an interruption orinterruptions and security breach.breaches.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems, including those provided by third-party service providers, to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption, or security breach of these systems could result in failures or disruptions which could affect our customers’ privacy and our customer relationships, generally. WhileOur systems and networks, as well as those of our third-party service providers, are subject to security risks and could be susceptible to cyber-attacks, such as denial of service attacks, hacking, terrorist activities or identity theft. Although we do not believe that we and our third-party service providers have been subject to a cyber-attack, other financial service institutions and their service providers have reported security breaches in their websites or other systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks, including use of stolen access credentials, malware, ransomware, phishing, structured query language injection attacks and distributeddenial-of-service attacks, among other means. Such cyber-attacks may also be directed at disrupting the operations of public companies or their business partners, which are intended to effect unauthorized fund transfers, obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, to destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyberattacks and other means. Denial of service attacks have been launched against a number of large financial services institutions, and we may be subject to these types of attacks in the future. Hacking and identity theft risks, in particular, could cause serious reputational harm. Cyber threats are rapidly evolving and we may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks and could be held liable for any security breach or loss.

Despite our cybersecurity policies and procedures designedand our Board of Director’s and Management’s efforts to preventmonitor and ensure the integrity of our and our service providers’ systems, we may not be able to anticipate all types of security threats, nor may we be able to implement preventive measures effective against all such security threats. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched and can originate from a wide variety of sources, including outside groups such as external service providers, organized crime affiliates, terrorist organizations or limithostile foreign governments. These risks may increase in the effectfuture as the use of the possible failure, interruption, “cyber-attack”,mobile banking and other internet-based products and services continues to grow.

Security breaches or security breaches, there is no assurance that these events will not occurfailures may have serious adverse financial and if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed without undue effects onother consequences, including significant legal and remediation costs, disruptions to operations, misappropriation of confidential information, damage to systems operated by us or our business, including loss ofthird-party service providers, as well as damages to our customers and added costs.our counterparties. In addition to the immediate costs of any failure, interruption or security breach, including those at our third-party service providers, these events could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Cyber attacks are increasing in general, and are a regulatory and business focus, as is vendor management for third parties who supply us with services, including information technology and customer products.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism or other external events could have significant effects on our business.

Severe weather and natural disasters, including hurricanes, tornados, drought and floods, acts of war or terrorism or other external events could have a significant effect on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base; impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although management has established disaster recovery and business continuity policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our associates may take excessive risks which could negatively affect our financial condition and business.

As a banking enterprise, we are in the business of accepting certain risks. The associates who conduct our business, including executive officers and other members of management, sales intermediaries, investment professionals, product managers, and other associates, do so in part by making decisions and choices that involve exposing us to risk. We endeavor, in the design and implementation of our compensation programs and practices, to avoid giving our associates incentives to take excessive risks; however, associates may nonetheless take such risks and our policies and procedures, generally. Similarly, although we employ controls and procedures designed to prevent employee misconduct, to monitor associates’ business decisions and prevent them from taking excessive risks, these controls and procedures may not be effective. If our associates take excessive risks, the impact of those risks could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business operations.

We may be unable to attract and retain key people to support our business.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people. We compete with other financial services companies for people primarily on the basis of compensation, support services and financial position. Intense competition exists for key employees with demonstrated ability, and we may be unable to hire or retain such employees. Effective succession planning is also important to our long-term success. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel and failure to ensure effective transfer of knowledge and smooth transitions involving key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business due to loss of their skills, knowledge of our business, their years of industry experience and the potential difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement employees.

Proposed rules implementing the executive compensation provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may limit the type and structure of compensation arrangements into which we may enter with certain of our employees and officers. In addition, proposed rules under the Dodd-Frank Act would prohibit the payment of “excessive compensation” to our executives. These restrictions could negatively affect our ability to compete with other companies in recruiting and retaining key personnel.

Our ability to continue to pay dividends to shareholders in the future is subject to profitability, capital, liquidity and regulatory requirements and these limitations may prevent us from paying dividends in the future.

Cash available to pay dividends to our shareholders is derived primarily from dividends paid to the Company by the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends, as well as our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders, will continue to be subject to and limited by applicable laws limiting dividend payments by the Bank, the results of operations of our subsidiaries and our need to maintain appropriate liquidity and capital at all levels of our business consistent with regulatory requirements and the needs of our businesses. See “Supervision and Regulation”.

A limited trading market exists for our common shares, which could lead to price volatility.

Your ability to sell or purchase common shares depends upon the existence of an active trading market for our common stock. Although our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “AUBN,” the volume of trades on any given day has been limited historically. As a result, you may be unable to sell or purchase shares of our common stock at the volume, price and time that you desire. Additionally, whether the purchase or sales prices of our common stock reflects a reasonable valuation of our common stock also is affected by an active trading market, and thus the price you receive for a thinly-traded stock such as common stock, may not reflect its true or intrinsic value. The limited trading market for our common stock may cause fluctuations in the market value of our common stock to be exaggerated, leading to price volatility in excess of that which would occur in a more active trading market.

Our operations are subject to risk of loss from unfavorable fiscal, monetary and political developments in the U.S.

Our businesses and earnings are affected by the fiscal, monetary and other policies and actions of various U.S. governmental and regulatory authorities. Changes in these are beyond our control and are difficult to predict and, consequently, changes in these policies could have negative effects on our activities and results of operations. Failures of the executive and legislative branches to agree on spending plans and budgets have led to Federal government shutdowns, which may adversely affect the U.S. economy. Additionally, a prolonged government shutdown may inhibit our ability to evaluate the economy, generally, and affect government workers who are not paid during such events, and where the absence of government services and data could adversely affect consumer and business sentiment, our local economy and our customers and therefore our business.

Litigation and regulatory investigations are increasingly common in our businesses and may result in significant financial losses and/or harm to our reputation.

We face risks of litigation and regulatory investigations and actions in the ordinary course of operating our businesses, including the risk of class action lawsuits. Plaintiffs in class action and other lawsuits against us may seek very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages. Due to the vagaries of litigation, the outcome of a litigation matter and the amount or range of potential loss at particular points in time may normally be difficult to ascertain. We do not have any material pending litigation or regulatory matters affecting us.

A substantial legal liability or a significant federal, state or other regulatory action against us, as well as regulatory inquiries or investigations, could harm our reputation, result in material fines or penalties, result in significant legal costs, divert management resources away from our business, and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our ability to expand on our existing business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we ultimately prevail in the litigation, regulatory action or investigation, our ability to attract new customers, retain our current customers and recruit and retain employees could be materially and adversely affected. Regulatory inquiries and litigation may also adversely affect the prices or volatility of our securities specifically, or the securities of our industry, generally.

The Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank.

As a matter of policy, the Federal Reserve, which examines us, expects a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. The Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act amended the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act to require that all companies that control a FDIC-insured depository institution serve as a source of financial strength to their depository institution subsidiaries. Under this requirement, we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress, even if further investment was not otherwise warranted. See “Supervision and Regulation.”

Failures to comply with the fair lending laws, CFPB regulations or the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, could adversely affect us.

The Bank is subject to, among other things, the provisions of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, or ECOA, and the Fair Housing Act, both of which prohibit discrimination based on race or color, religion, national origin, sex and familial status in any aspect of a consumer, commercial credit or residential real estate transaction. The DOJ and the federal bank regulatory agencies have issued an Interagency Policy Statement on Discrimination in Lending to provide guidance to financial institutions in determining whether discrimination exists and how the agencies will respond to lending discrimination, and what steps lenders might take to prevent discriminatory lending practices. Failures to comply with ECOA, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations, including CFPB regulations, could subject us to enforcement actions or litigation, and could have a material adverse effect on our business financial condition and results of operations. Our Bank is also subject to the CRA and periodic CRA examinations. The CRA requires us to serve our entire communities,including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. Our CRA ratings could be adversely affected by actual or alleged violations of the fair lending or consumer financial protection laws. Even though we have maintained an “satisfactory” CRA rating since 2000, we cannot predict our future CRA ratings. Violations of fair lending laws or if our CRA rating falls to less than “satisfactory” could adversely affect our business, including expansion through branching or acquisitions.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

The Bank conducts its business from its main office and nineeight full-service branches. The Bank also operates a commercial loan production office in Phenix City, Alabama. The bank owns its main office building, which is located in downtown Auburn, Alabama, and has approximately 16,150 square feet of space. The original building was constructed in 1964, and an addition was completed in 1981. Portions of the building have been renovated to accommodate growth and changes in the Bank’s operational structure and to adapt to technological changes. The main office offers the full line of the Bank’s services and has one ATM. The Bank completed construction on a new drive-through facility located on the main office campus in October 2012. This drive-through facility has five drive-through lanes, including an ATM, and awalk-up teller window.

The Bank also owns a commercial office building, the AuburnBank Center (the “Center”), which is located next to the Bank’s main office. The Center has approximately 23,000 square feet of space. The Bank’s mortgage division,servicing, data processing activities, as well asand other operations, are located in the Center. In total, the main office and Center parking lots provide parking for approximately 196190 vehicles.

The Opelika branch is located in Opelika, Alabama. This branch, built in 1991, is owned by the Bank and has approximately 4,000 square feet of space. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s services and has drive-through windows and an ATM. This branch offers parking for approximately 36 vehicles.

The Bank’s Notasulga branch was opened in August 2001. This branch is located in Notasulga, Alabama, about 15 miles southwest of Auburn, Alabama. This branch is owned by the Bank and has approximately 1,344 square feet of space. The Bank leased the land for this branch from a third party. In May 2015,2018, the Bank’s land lease renewed for another threeone year term. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s services including safe deposit boxes and a drive-through window. This branch offers parking for approximately 11 vehicles, including a handicapped ramp.

In July 2002, the Bank’s Opelika Wal-Mart Supercenter branch was opened inside the Wal-Mart shopping center in Opelika, Alabama. In June 2012, the Bank exercised its option to extend the lease for another five years. The lease is for approximately 700 square feet of space in the Wal-Mart. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s deposits and other services including an ATM, except safe deposit boxes.

In November 2002, the Bank opened a loan production office in Phenix City, Alabama, about 35 miles south of Auburn, Alabama. In November 2015,2018, the Bank renewed its lease for another year.

In July 2007, the Bank opened a new branch located in the Kroger supermarket in the TigerTown retail center in Opelika, Alabama. The Bank entered into a lease agreement with the Kroger Corporation for five years with options for two 5-year extensions. In July 2012, the Bank exercised its option to extend the lease for another five years. The Branch offers the full line of bank deposit and other services including an ATM, except for safe deposit boxes.

In February 2009, the Bank opened a branch located on Bent Creek Road in Auburn, Alabama. This branch is owned by the Bank and has approximately 4,000 square feet of space. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s services and has drive-through windows and adrive-up ATM. This branch offers parking for approximately 29 vehicles.

In December 2011, the Bank opened a branch located on Fob James Drive in Valley, Alabama, about 30 miles northeast of Auburn, Alabama. This branch is owned by the Bank and has approximately 5,000 square feet of space. This branch offers the full line of the Bank’s services and has drive-through windows and adrive-up ATM. This branch offers parking for approximately 35 vehicles. Prior to December 2011, the Bank leased office space for a loan production office in Valley, Alabama. The loan production office was originally opened in September 2004.

In February 2015, the Bank relocated its Auburn Kroger branch to a new location within the Corner Village Shopping Center, in Auburn, Alabama. In February 2015, the Bank entered into a new lease agreement for five years with options for two5-year extensions. The Bank leases approximately 1,500 square feet of space for the Corner Village branch. Prior to relocation, the Bank’s Auburn Kroger branch was located in the Kroger supermarket in the same shopping center. The Auburn Kroger branch was originally opened in August 1988. The Corner Village branch offers the full line of the Bank’s deposit and other services including an ATM, except safe deposit boxes.

In September 2015, the Bank relocated its AuburnWal-Mart Supercenter branch to a new location the Bank purchased in December 2014 at the intersection of S. Donahue Avenue and E. University Drive in Auburn, Alabama. The South Donahue branch, built in 2015, has approximately 3,600 square feet of space. Prior to relocation, the Bank’s AuburnWal-Mart Supercenter branch was located inside theWal-Mart shopping center on the south side of Auburn, Alabama. The AuburnWal-Mart Supercenter branch was originally opened in September 2000. The South Donahue branch offers the full line of the Bank’s services and has drive-through windows and an ATM. This branch offers parking for approximately 28 vehicles.

In May 2017, the Bank relocated its Opelika Kroger branch to a new location to a new location the Bank purchased in August 2016 near the Tiger Town Retail Shopping Center and the intersection of U.S. Highway 280 and Frederick Road in Opelika, Alabama. The Tiger Town branch, built in 2017, has approximately 5,500 square feet of space. Prior to relocation, the Bank’s Opelika Kroger branch was located inside the Kroger supermarket in the Tiger Town retail center in Opelika, Alabama. The Opelika Kroger branch was originally opened in July 2007. The Tiger Town branch offers the full line of the Bank’s services and has drive-through windows and an ATM. This branch offers parking for approximately 36 vehicles.

In September 2018, the Bank opened a mortgage loan production office on East Samford Avenue in Auburn, Alabama. The location has approximately 2,500 square feet of space and is leased through 2028. The mortgage loan production office was previously located in the Center on the Bank’s main campus. This location offers parking for approximately 16 vehicles.

ITEM 33.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of its business, the Company and the Bank from time to time are involved in legal proceedings. The Company’s management believe there are no pending or threatened legal proceedings that, upon resolution, are expected to have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s or the Bank’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, under the symbol “AUBN”. As of March 9, 2016,12, 2018, there were approximately 3,643,4783,593,463 shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued and outstanding, which were held by approximately 416386 shareholders of record. The following table sets forth, for the indicated periods, the high and low closing sale prices for the Company’s Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market, and the cash dividends declared to shareholders during the indicated periods.

 

  Closing
Price
Per Share (1)
    

Cash
Dividends
  Declared  

  Closing Price
Per Share (1)
   

Cash

Dividends

  Declared  

 
  

High

  

Low

       

High

   

Low

     

2015

        

2018

      

First Quarter

   $      25.25          $      23.15            $          0.22           $      39.25            $      35.50            $          0.24        

Second Quarter

           25.75                  24.51                        0.22                   50.99                    37.40                        0.24        

Third Quarter

           27.80                  25.78                        0.22                   53.50                    38.31                        0.24        

Fourth Quarter

           30.39                  26.14                        0.22                   41.50                    28.88                        0.24        

2014

        

2017

      

First Quarter

   $      25.80          $      23.20            $        0.215          $      33.69            $      30.75            $        0.23       

Second Quarter

           25.00                  22.90                      0.215                  37.79                    32.65                    0.23       

Third Quarter

           24.92                  23.17                      0.215                  37.71                    34.82                      0.23       

Fourth Quarter

           24.64                  22.10                      0.215                  40.25                    33.25                      0.23       

(1) The price information represents actual transactions.

(1) The price information represents actual transactions.

(1) The price information represents actual transactions.

    

The Company has paid cash dividends on its capital stock since 1985. Prior to this time, the Bank paid cash dividends since its organization in 1907, except during the Depression years of 1932 and 1933. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. The amount and frequency of cash dividends will be determined in the judgment of the Board based upon a number of factors, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other relevant factors. The Board currently intends to continue its present dividend policies.

Federal Reserve policy could restrict future dividends on our Common Stock, depending on our earnings and capital position and likely needs. See “Supervision and Regulation – Payment of Dividends” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Capital Adequacy”.

The amount of dividends payable by the Bank is limited by law and regulation. The need to maintain adequate capital in the Bank also limits dividends that may be paid to the Company.

Performance Graph

The following performance graph compares the cumulative, total return on the Company’s Common Stock from December 31, 20102013 to December 31, 2015,2018, with that of the Nasdaq Composite Index and SNL Southeast Bank Index (assuming a $100 investment on December 31, 2010)2013). Cumulative total return represents the change in stock price and the amount of dividends received over the indicated period, assuming the reinvestment of dividends.

 

LOGO

 

    Period Ending     Period Ending 

Index

    

 

    12/31/10

     

 

12/31/11

     

 

12/31/12

     

 

12/31/13

     

 

12/31/14

     

 

12/31/15  

         12/31/13     12/31/14     12/31/15     12/31/16     12/31/17     12/31/18   

 

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.

     100.00       96.14       112.20       139.52       136.64       177.07         100.00      97.93      126.92      138.44      176.60      147.15   

NASDAQ Composite

     100.00       99.21       116.82       163.75       188.03       201.40         100.00      114.75      122.74      133.62      173.22      168.30   

SNL Southeast Bank

     100.00       58.51       97.19       131.70       148.33       146.02         100.00      112.63      110.87      147.18      182.06      150.42   

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIESIssuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Not applicable.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

See the information included under Part III, Item 12, which is incorporated in response to this item by reference.

Unregistered Sale of Equity Securities

Not applicable.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

See Table 2 “Selected Financial Data” and general discussion in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of our financial condition at December 31, 20152018 and 20142017 and our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 20152018 and 2014.2017. The purpose of this discussion is to provide information about our financial condition and results of operations which is not otherwise apparent from the consolidated financial statements. The following discussion and analysis should be read along with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere herein. In addition, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, so you should refer to Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and “Special Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

OVERVIEW

The Company was incorporated in 1990 under the laws of the State of Delaware and became a bank holding company after it acquired its Alabama predecessor, which was a bank holding company established in 1984. The Bank, the Company’s principal subsidiary, is an Alabama state-chartered bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System and has operated continuously since 1907. Both the Company and the Bank are headquartered in Auburn, Alabama. The Bank conducts its business primarily in East Alabama, including Lee County and surrounding areas. The Bank operates full-service branches in Auburn, Opelika, Notasulga and Valley, Alabama. In-store branches are located in the Kroger and Wal-Mart SuperCenter stores in Opelika. The Bank also operates a commercial loan production office in Phenix City, Alabama.

Summary of Results of Operations

 

  

                                           Year ended December 31

                                               Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  2015   2014    2018   2017 

 

Net interest income (a)

  $        24,060    $        22,741   $           26,183   $        25,731 

Less: tax-equivalent adjustment

   1,342     1,288       613    1,205 

 

Net interest income (GAAP)

   22,718     21,453      25,570    24,526 

Noninterest income

   4,532     3,933       3,325    3,441 

 

Total revenue

   27,250     25,386      28,895    27,967 

Provision for loan losses

   200     50      —      (300

Noninterest expense

   16,372     15,104      17,874    16,784 

Income tax expense

   2,820     2,784       2,187    3,637 

 

Net earnings

  $7,858    $7,448   $   8,834   $7,846 

        

Basic and diluted earnings per share

  $2.16    $2.04  

Basic and diluted net earnings per share

 $   2.42   $2.15 

        

(a)Tax-equivalent. See “Table 1 - Explanation ofNon-GAAP Financial Measures”.

Financial Summary

The Company’s net earnings were $7.9$8.8 million or $2.16for the full year 2018, compared to $7.8 million for the full year 2017. Basic and diluted net earnings per share were $2.42 per share for the full year 2015,2018, compared to $7.4 million, or $2.04$2.15 per share for the full year 2014.2017.

Net interest income(tax-equivalent) was $24.1$26.2 million in 2015,2018, a 2% increase compared to $22.7$25.7 million in 2014. The2017. This increase was primarily due to a reductionloan growth and recent increases in short-term market interest expense as the Company repaid higher-cost wholesale funding sources and lowered its deposit costs. Additionally, the Company continued its effortsrates, offset by declines on yields of tax exempt securities. Average loans were up 3% to increase earnings by shifting its asset mix through loan growth. Net interest income (tax-equivalent) for 2015 included $0.2$456.3 million in recoveries of interest related2018, compared to payoffs received on two loans that were previously impaired. Excluding the impact of these interest recoveries,$441.0 million in 2017. The Company’s net interest income margin(tax-equivalent) would have been $23.9 million for 2015, an increase of 5% increased to 3.40% in 2018, compared to 2014.3.29% in 2017 as yields on earning assets improved.

The Company recorded no provision for loan losses during 2018 and a negative provision for loan losses of $0.3 million during the 2017. The provision for loan losses is based upon various estimates and judgements, including the absolute level of loans, loan growth, credit quality and the amount of net charge-offs. Annualized net recoveries as a percent of average loans were 0.01% and 0.09% for 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company recognized a recovery of $0.4 million from the payoff of two nonperforming commercial loans during 2017.

Noninterest income was $0.2$3.3 million in 2015,2018 compared to $0.1$3.4 million in 2014. The increase in the provision for loan losses2017. This decrease was primarily due to a slight increase in net charge-offs. Net charge-offs were $0.7$0.1 million or 0.18% of average loans, in 2015, compared to $0.5 million, or 0.12% of average loans, in 2014. Overall, the level of allowance decreased due to a decrease in adversely classified loans and historical loss rates used in the allowance for loan loss calculation.

Noninterest income was $4.5 million in 2015, compared to $3.9 million in 2014. The increase in noninterest income was due to several factors, including an increase in net gains (losses) on securities of $0.5 million, the Company had a net gain of $16 thousand in 2015 compared to $0.5 million net loss, including other-than-temporary impairment in 2014, and an increase in income from bank owned life insurance of $0.2 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in mortgage lending of $0.2 millionincome as servicing fees, net of related amortization expenseproduction volume declined.

Noninterest expense was $16.4$17.9 million compared to $16.8 million in 2015, compared to $15.1 million2017. This increase in 2014. The increasenoninterest expense was primarily due to an $11 thousand loss on other real estate owned in 2015 compared to a $0.5 million gain in 2014, a prepayment penalty on long-term debt of $0.4 million in 2015 when the Company repaid $5.0 million long-term debt with a weighted average interest rate of 3.59% compared to no prepayment penalties on long-term debt in 2014; and an increase of $0.4 millionincreases in salaries and benefits.    benefits expense of $0.6 million and a $0.4 million loss related to misappropriation of assets, for which the Company filed a claim with its insurance provider. In March 2019, the Company received a settlement of $0.3 million from its insurance provider related to this claim.

Income tax expense was $2.8$2.2 million in 20152018 and 2014.$3.6 million in 2017 reflecting an effective tax rate of 19.84% and 31.67%, respectively. The Company’sdecrease in the income tax expense and effective income tax rate was 26.41% in 2015, compared to 27.21% in 2014. The Company’s effective income tax rate decreased primarily due to an increasethe 2017 Tax Act which lowered the Company’s statutory federal tax rate from 34% in tax-exempt interest income on municipal securities2017 to 21% in 2018 and income from bank owned life insurance.required the Company to remeasure the value of its net deferred tax assets by $0.4 million as of December 31, 2017.

In 2015, theThe Company paid cash dividends of $3.2 million, or $0.88$0.96 per share. The Company remainsshare in 2018, an increase of 4.3% from 2017. At December 31, 2018, the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios were well above the minimum amounts required to be “well capitalized” under current regulatory guidelinesstandards with a total risk-based capital ratio of 17.44%17.38%, a Tiertier 1 risk-based capitalleverage ratio of 16.57%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 10.35%11.33% and a Common Equity Tiercommon equity tier 1 (“CET1”) capital ratio of 15.28%16.49% at December 31, 2015.2018.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and financial reporting policies of the Company conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and with general practices within the banking industry. In connection with the application of those principles, we have made judgments and estimates which, in the case of the determination of our allowance for loan losses, our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment, recurring andnon-recurring fair value measurements, the valuation of other real estate owned, and the valuation of deferred tax assets, were critical to the determination of our financial position and results of operations. Other policies also require subjective judgment and assumptions and may accordingly impact our financial position and results of operations.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company assesses the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses prior to the end of each calendar quarter. The level of the allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio, past loan loss experience, current asset quality trends, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay (including the timing of future payment), the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, economic conditions, industry and peer bank loan loss rates and other pertinent factors, including regulatory recommendations. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change. Loans are charged off, in whole or in part, when management believes that the full collectability of the loan is unlikely. A loan may be partiallycharged-off after a “confirming event” has occurred which serves to validate that full repayment pursuant to the terms of the loan is unlikely.

The Company deems loans impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Collection of all amounts due according to the contractual terms means that both the interest and principal payments of a loan will be collected as scheduled in the loan agreement.

An impairment allowance is recognized if the fair value of the loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan. The impairment is recognized through the allowance. Loans that are impaired are recorded at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or if the loan is collateral dependent, impairment measurement is based on the fair value of the collateral, less estimated disposal costs.

The level of allowance maintained is believed by management to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries of amounts previouslycharged-off.

In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, the Company also considers the results of its ongoing internal, independent loan review process. The Company’s loan review process assists in determining whether there are loans in the portfolio whose credit quality has weakened over time and evaluating the risk characteristics of the entire loan portfolio. The Company’s loan review process includes the judgment of management, the input from our independent loan reviewers, and reviews that may have been conducted by bank regulatory agencies as part of their examination process. The Company incorporates loan review results in the determination of whether or not it is probable that it will be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of a loan.

As part of the Company’s quarterly assessment of the allowance, management divides the loan portfolio into five segments: commercial and industrial, construction and land development, commercial real estate, residential real estate, and consumer installment loans. The Company analyzes each segment and estimates an allowance allocation for each loan segment.

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses begins with a process of estimating the probable losses inherent for these types of loans. The estimates for these loans are established by category and based on the Company’s internal system of credit risk ratings and historical loss data. The estimated loan loss allocation rate for the Company’s internal system of credit risk grades is based on its experience with similarly graded loans. For loan segments where the Company believes it does not have sufficient historical loss data, the Company may make adjustments based, in part, on loss rates of peer bank groups. At December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, and for the years then ended, the Company adjusted its historical loss rates for the commercial real estate portfolio segment based, in part, on loss rates of peer bank groups.

The estimated loan loss allocation for all five loan portfolio segments is then adjusted for management’s estimate of probable losses for several “qualitative and environmental” factors. The allocation for qualitative and environmental factors is particularly subjective and does not lend itself to exact mathematical calculation. This amount represents estimated probable inherent credit losses which exist, but have not yet been identified, as of the balance sheet date, and are based upon quarterly trend assessments in delinquent and nonaccrual loans, credit concentration changes, prevailing economic conditions, changes in lending personnel experience, changes in lending policies or procedures and other influencing factors. These qualitative and environmental factors are considered for each of the five loan segments and the allowance allocation, as determined by the processes noted above, is increased or decreased based on the incremental assessment of these factors.

The Company regularlyre-evaluates its practices in determining the allowance for loan losses. During 2014,Since the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company implemented certain refinementshas increased its look-back period each quarter to incorporate the effects of at least one economic downturn in its loss history. The Company believes the extension of its look-back period is appropriate due to the risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Absent this extension, the early cycle periods in which the Company experienced significant losses would be excluded from the determination of the allowance for loan losses methodology in orderand its balance would decrease. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company increased its look-back period to better capture39 quarters to continue to include losses incurred by the Company beginning with the first quarter of 2009. The Company will likely continue to increase its look-back period to incorporate the effects of the most recentat least one economic cycle on the Company’s loandownturn in its loss experience. Beginning with the quarter ended June 30, 2014, the Company began calculating average losses for all loan segments using a rolling 20 quarter historical period and continued this methodology through December 31, 2015. Prior to June 30, 2014, the Company calculated average losses for all loan segments using a rolling 8 quarter historical period (except for the commercial real estate loan segment, which used a 6 quarter historical period). If the Company continued to calculate average losses for all loan segments other than commercial real estate using a rolling 8 quarter historical period and for the commercial real estate segment using a rolling 6 quarter historical period, the Company’s calculated allowance for loan loss allocation would have decreased by approximately $1.0 million at June 30, 2014.history. Other than expanding the changes discussed above,look-back period each quarter, the Company has not made any material changes to its calculation of historical loss periodsmethodology that would impact the calculation of the allowance for loan losses or provision for loan losses for the periods included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and statements of earnings.

Assessment for Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Securities

On a quarterly basis, management makes an assessment to determine whether there have been events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an unrealized loss is other-than-temporarily impaired. For equity securities with an unrealized loss, the Company considers many factors including the severity and duration of the impairment; the intent and ability of the Company to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value; and recent events specific to the issuer or industry. Equity securities for which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than-temporary are written down to fair value with the write-down recorded as a realized loss in securities gains (losses).

For debt securities with an unrealized loss, an other-than-temporary impairment write-down is triggered when (1) the Company has the intent to sell a debt security, (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the debt security. If the Company has the intent to sell a debt security or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security before recovery, the other-than-temporary write-down is equal to the entire difference between the debt security’s amortized cost and its fair value. If the Company does not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the other-than-temporary impairment write-down is separated into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes.

Fair Value Determination

U.S. GAAP requires management to value and disclose certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value, including investments classified asavailable-for-sale and derivatives. ASC 820,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. For more information regarding fair value measurements and disclosures, please refer to Note 17,16, Fair Value, of the consolidated financial statements that accompany this report.

Fair values are based on active market prices of identical assets or liabilities when available. Comparable assets or liabilities or a composite of comparable assets in active markets are used when identical assets or liabilities do not have readily available active market pricing. However, some of the Company’s assets or liabilities lack an available or comparable trading market characterized by frequent transactions between willing buyers and sellers. In these cases, fair value is estimated using pricing models that use discounted cash flows and other pricing techniques. Pricing models and their underlying assumptions are based upon management’s best estimates for appropriate discount rates, default rates, prepayments, market volatility and other factors, taking into account current observable market data and experience.

These assumptions may have a significant effect on the reported fair values of assets and liabilities and the related income and expense. As such, the use of different models and assumptions, as well as changes in market conditions, could result in materially different net earnings and retained earnings results.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (“OREO”), consists of properties obtained through foreclosure or in satisfaction of loans and is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs to sell at the date acquired with any loss recognized as acharge-off through the allowance for loan losses. Additional OREO losses for subsequent valuation adjustments are determined on a specific property basis and are included as a component of other noninterest expense along with holding costs. Any gains or losses on disposal of OREO are also reflected in noninterest expense. Significant judgments and complex estimates are required in estimating the fair value of OREO, and the period of time within which such estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility. As a result, the net proceeds realized from sales transactions could differ significantly from appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates used to determine the fair value of other OREO.

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation

A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset if, based on the weight of available evidence, it ismore-likely-than-not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of taxable income over the last three years and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these deductible differences at December 31, 2015.2018. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced if estimates of future taxable income are reduced.

Average Balance Sheet and Interest Rates

 

 Year ended December 31  Year ended December 31 
 2015 2014  2018 2017 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Average

Balance

     

Yield/    

Rate    

 

Average

Balance

     Yield/    
Rate    
  

Average

Balance

     Yield/    
Rate    
 

Average

Balance

     Yield/    
Rate    
 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and loans held for sale

    $        413,616       4.95%      $        388,373       5.03%      $        457,610      4.76%     $        442,101      4.70% 

Securities - taxable

  186,845       2.06%    207,655       2.23%    181,485      2.23%   197,108      2.15% 

Securities - tax-exempt (a)

  68,386       5.77%    62,870       6.03%    71,065      4.11%   69,881      5.07% 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

  255,231       3.05%    270,525       3.11%    252,550      2.76%   266,989      2.91% 

Federal funds sold

  58,607       0.23%    56,110       0.19%    28,689      1.93%   32,342      1.05% 

Interest bearing bank deposits

  31,028       0.25%    6,559       0.43%    31,339      1.81%   41,317      1.04% 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

  758,482       3.76%    721,567       3.89%    770,188      3.88%   782,749      3.75% 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits:

                        

NOW

  115,146       0.30%    105,533       0.31%    125,533      0.34%   125,935      0.20% 

Savings and money market

  215,936       0.39%    191,882       0.51%    220,810      0.39%   230,121      0.37% 

Certificates of deposits less than $100,000

  91,136       1.03%    101,561       1.15%  

Certificates of deposits and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

  140,831       1.43%    156,029       1.57%  

Certificates of deposits

  184,010      1.27%   198,457      1.18% 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

  563,049       0.73%    555,005       0.89%    530,353      0.68%   554,513      0.62% 

Short-term borrowings

  3,601       0.50%    3,814       0.50%    2,634      0.68%   3,476      0.52% 

Long-term debt

  8,286       3.40%    12,217       3.42%    1,022      4.50%   3,217      3.89% 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  574,936       0.77%    571,036       0.94%    534,009      0.69%   561,206      0.64% 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income and margin (a)

    $          24,060       3.17%      $          22,741       3.15%    $26,183      3.40%   $25,731      3.29% 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Tax-equivalent. See “Table 1 - Explanation ofNon-GAAP Financial Measures”.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Interest Income and Margin

Net interest income(tax-equivalent) was $24.1$26.2 million in 2015,2018, compared to $22.7$25.7 million in 2014. The2017. This increase reflects management’s continuing effortswas primarily due to increase earnings by shifting the Company’s asset mix through loan growth focusingand improved yields on deposit pricing, and repaying higher-cost wholesale funding. Net interest income (tax-equivalent) for 2015 included $0.2 million in recoveries of interest related to payoffs recorded on two loans that were previously impaired. Excluding the impact of these interest recoveries, net interest income (tax-equivalent) would have been $23.9 million for 2015, an increase of 5% compared to 2014.interest-earning assets.

Thetax-equivalent yield on total interest-earning assets decreasedincreased by 13 basis points in 20152018 from 20142017 to 3.76%3.88%. The decreaseExpansion of our earning asset yields was primarily due to declining yields on securitiesdriven by loan growth and increased pricing competition for quality loan opportunitiesrecent increases in our markets,short-term market interest rates, which has limited the Company’s ability to increasepositively impacted the yields on newour short-term assets, including federal funds sold and renewed loans.interest bearing bank deposits. This expansion was partially offset by a decrease inthe tax-equivalent yieldon tax-exempt available-for-sale securities due to a reduction in the Company’s statutory federal tax rate from 34% to 21%.

The cost of total interest-bearing liabilities decreased 17increased 5 basis points in 20152018 from 20142017 to 0.77%0.69%. The net decrease was largely the result of the continued shiftincrease in our funding mix, as we increased our lower-cost interest-bearing demand deposits (NOW accounts), and savings and moneycosts was primarily due to higher prevailing market accounts and concurrently reduced balances of higher-cost certificates of deposits and long-term debt.interest rates.

The Company continues to deploy various asset liability management strategies to manage its risk to interest rate fluctuations. The Company’s net interest margin could experience pressure due to lower reinvestmentreduced earning asset yields induring the securities portfolio given the currentextended period of low interest rate environment,rates, increased pricing competition for quality loan opportunities, and fewer opportunities to further reducepossible increases in our costcosts of funds, if the Federal Reserve continues its gradual increase in interest rates. The Company anticipates that this challenging, competitive environment will continue in 2019. However, the Company believes our net interest income should continue to increase in 2019 compared to 2018 primarily due to the low level of deposit rates currently.an increase in average loan balances.

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses represents a charge to earnings necessary to provide an allowance for loan losses that, in management’s evaluation, should be adequate to provide coverage for the probable losses on outstanding loans. The Company recorded no provision for loan losses amounted to $0.2 millionin 2018 and $0.1a negative provision for loan losses of $0.3 million for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.2017.

The increase was primarily due to a slight increase in net charge-offs. Net charge-offsrecoveries were $0.7 million,$33 thousand, or 0.18%0.01% of average loans and $0.5$0.4 million, or 0.12%0.09% of average loans, for the years ended December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively. The Company recognized a recovery of $0.4 million from the payoff of two nonperforming commercial loans during 2017.

Based upon its assessment of the loan portfolio, management adjusts the allowance for loan losses to an amount it believes to be appropriate to adequately cover probable losses in the loan portfolio. The Company’s allowance for loan losses to total loans decreased to 1.01%1.00% at December 31, 20152018 from 1.20%1.05% at December 31, 2014.2017. Based upon our evaluation of the loan portfolio, management believes the allowance for loan losses to be adequate to absorb our estimate of probable losses existing in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2015.2018. While our policies and procedures used to estimate the allowance for loan losses, as well as the resultant provision for loan losses charged to operations, are believed adequate by management and are reviewed from time to time by our regulators, they are based on estimates and judgment and are therefore approximate and imprecise. Factors beyond our control, such as conditions in the local and national economy, a local real estate market or particular industry conditions exist which may negatively and materially affect our asset quality and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and, thus, the resulting provision for loan losses.

Noninterest Income

 

   Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)  2015   2014 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

    $823     $872   

Mortgage lending

   1,444      1,636   

Bank-owned life insurance

   747      501   

Securities gains (losses), net

   16      (530)  

Other

   1,502      1,454   

 

 

Total noninterest income

    $              4,532     $              3,933   

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts decreased primarily due to a decline in insufficient funds charges, reflecting changes in customer behavior and spending patterns.

   Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)  2018   2017 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

    $749    $746  

Mortgage lending

   655     777  

Bank-owned life insurance

   435     442  

Securities gains, net

   —       51  

Other

   1,486     1,425  

 

 

Total noninterest income

    $              3,325    $              3,441  

 

 

The Company’s income from mortgage lending is primarily attributable to the (1) origination and sale of new mortgage loans and (2) servicing of mortgage loans. Origination income, net, is comprised of gains or losses from the sale of the mortgage loans originated, origination fees, underwriting fees and other fees associated with the origination of loans, which are netted against the commission expense associated with these originations. The Company’s normal practice is to originate mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market and to either sell or retain the associated mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”)MSRs when the loan is sold.

MSRs are recognized based on the fair value of the servicing right on the date the corresponding mortgage loan is sold. Subsequent to the date of transfer, the Company has elected to measure its MSRs under the amortization method. Servicing fee income is reported net of any related amortization expense.

The Company evaluates MSRs for impairment on a quarterly basis. Impairment is determined by grouping MSRs by common predominant characteristics, such as interest rate and loan type. If the aggregate carrying amount of a particular group of MSRs exceeds the group’s aggregate fair value, a valuation allowance for that group is established. The valuation allowance is adjusted as the fair value changes. An increase in mortgage interest rates typically results in an increase in the fair value of the MSRs while a decrease in mortgage interest rates typically results in a decrease in the fair value of MSRs.

The following table presents a breakdown of the Company’s mortgage lending income for 20152018 and 2014.2017.

 

  Year ended December 31   Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)  2015   2014   2018   2017 

 

 

Origination income

    $1,152     $1,163       $311    $504  

Servicing fees, net

   239      526      344     272  

Decrease (increase) in MSR valuation allowance

   53      (53)  

Decrease in MSR valuation allowance

   —        

 

 

Total mortgage lending income

    $              1,444     $              1,636       $              655    $          777  

 

 

The decrease in mortgage lending income was primarily due to a decrease in the volume of mortgage loans originated and sold as refinance activity declined. The decrease in origination income was partially offset by an increase in servicing fees, net, of related amortization expense. Although servicing fees were largely unchanged,as MSR amortization expense increased due to faster prepayments.decreased.

Income from bank-owned life insurance increased in 2015, compared to 2014 due to non-taxable death benefits received. The assets that support these policies are administered by the life insurance carriers and the income we receive (i.e. increases or decreases in the cash surrender value of the policies) on these policies is dependent upon the returns the insurance carriers are able to earn on the underlying investments that support these policies. Earnings on these policies are generally not taxable.

Net securities gains (losses) consist of realized gains and losses on the sale of securities and other-than-temporary impairment charges. Net gains realized on the sale of securities were $16 thousand for 2015, compared to net losses realized on the sale of securities of $197 thousand for 2014. The Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $333 thousand in the first quarter of 2014 related to securities that management intended to sell at March 31, 2014. Subsequent to March 31, 2014, the Company sold available-for-sale agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) with a fair value of $18.9 million and realized the expected loss of approximately $333 thousand. The Company did not incur any other-than-temporary impairment charges in 2015.

Noninterest Expense

 

  Year ended December 31   Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)  2015 2014   2018   2017 

 

Salaries and benefits

     $9,293   $8,943      $10,653    $10,011  

Net occupancy and equipment

   1,547   1,431     1,465     1,471  

Professional fees

   756   920     902     966  

FDIC and other regulatory assessments

   472   465     310     346  

Other real estate owned, net

   11   (450)  

Prepayment penalties on long-term debt

   362    —      

Other

   3,931   3,795     4,544     3,990  

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     $              16,372   $              15,104      $              17,874    $16,784  

 

 

The increase in salaries and benefits expense reflects an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees and routine annual increases.

The increase in net occupancy and equipmentother noninterest expense reflects increases in various items, including repairs and maintenance and depreciation expense.

FDIC and other regulatory assessments expense was largely unchanged as growth in the Bank’s total assessment base (average total assets minus tangible equity) offset a decrease in the Bank’s quarterly assessment rate as several variables utilized by the FDIC in calculating our deposit insurance assessment improved.

The increase in OREO expense, net was primarily due to gains realized ona $0.4 million loss related to a misappropriation of assets for which the saleCompany filed a claim with its insurance provider. In March 2019, the Company received a settlement of certain OREO properties during 2014.

The Company repaid $5.0$0.3 million of long-term debt during 2015 with a weighted average interest rate of 3.59% and incurred prepayment penalties of $0.4 million.

Other noninterest expense increased in 2015, comparedfrom its insurance provider related to 2014 due to various items, including software expense.this claim.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $2.8$2.2 million in 2015 and 2014.2018 compared to $3.6 million in 2017. The Company’s effective income tax rate was 26.41%19.84% in 2015,2018, compared to 27.21%31.67% in 2014.2017. The Company’s effective incomedecrease was mainly due to decrease in effect tax rate decreased primarily duerelated to an increase in tax-exempt interest income on municipal securitiesthe 2017 Tax Cuts and incomeJobs Act which lowered the Company’s statutory federal tax rate from bank owned life insurance.34% to 21% and required the Company to remeasure the value of its net deferred tax assets by $0.4 million as of December 31, 2017.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Securities

Securitiesavailable-for-sale were $241.7$239.8 million at December 31, 2015,2018, a decrease of $25.9$17.9 million, or 9.7%7%, compared to $267.6$257.7 million as of December 31, 2014.2017. This decline was primarily due toreflects a decrease of $25.1 million in the amortized cost basis of securitiesavailable-for-sale of $13.6 million as proceeds from principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities were not reinvested.reinvested and a decrease in the fair value of securitiesavailable-for-sale of $4.3 million. The averagetax-equivalent yields earned on total securities were 3.05%2.76% in 20152018 and 3.11%2.91% in 2014.2017.

The following table shows the carrying value and weighted average yield of securitiesavailable-for-sale as of December 31, 20152018 according to contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities of residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) because the mortgages underlying the securities may be called or prepaid with or without penalty.

 

    December 31, 2015 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)   

1 year

 

or less

  

1 to 5

 

years

  

5 to 10

 

years

  

After 10

 

years

  

Total

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Agency obligations

 $  5,000    25,852    19,463    9,770    60,085  

Agency RMBS

   —        1,623    13,511    95,820    110,954  

State and political subdivisions

   —        497    12,094    58,057    70,648  

 

 

Total available-for-sale

 $  5,000    27,972    45,068    163,647    241,687  

 

 

Weighted average yield:

      

Agency obligations

   0.45%    1.75%    2.44%    3.00%    2.07%  

Agency RMBS

   —        —        2.02%    2.38%    2.28%  

State and political subdivisions

   —        4.30%    4.01%    3.67%    3.74%  

 

 

Total available-for-sale

   0.45%    1.81%    2.85%    2.82%    2.66%  

 

 

 

Loans

 

      
    

December 31

 
  

 

 

 
(In thousands)   2015  2014  2013  2012  2011 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 $  52,479     54,329     57,780     59,334     54,988   

Construction and land development

   43,694     37,298     36,479     37,631     39,814   

Commercial real estate

   203,853     192,006     174,920     183,611     162,435   

Residential real estate

   116,673     107,641     101,706     105,631     101,725   

Consumer installment

   10,220     12,335     12,893     12,219     11,454   

 

 

 Total loans

   426,919     403,609     383,778     398,426     370,416   

Less:  unearned income

   (509)    (655)    (439)    (233)    (153)  

 

 

 Loans, net of unearned income

 $        426,410           402,954           383,339           398,193           370,263   

 

 
    December 31, 2018 
(Dollars in thousands)   

1 year

 

or less

  

1 to 5

 

years

  

5 to 10

 

years

  

After 10

 

years

  

Total

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Agency obligations

 

$

  14,437   19,865   16,869   —       51,171 

Agency RMBS

   —       —       8,368   110,230   118,598 

State and political subdivisions

   —       3,682   7,726   58,624   70,032 

 

 

Totalavailable-for-sale

 $        14,437           23,547          32,963          168,854          239,801 

 

 

Weighted average yield:

      

Agency obligations

   1.96%   1.71%   2.11%   —       1.91% 

Agency RMBS

   —       —       2.49%   2.50%   2.50% 

State and political subdivisions

   —       3.87%   3.02%   3.22%   3.23% 

 

 

Totalavailable-for-sale

   1.96%   2.05%   2.42%   2.75%   2.59% 

 

 

Loans

    December 31 
  

 

 

 
(In thousands)   2018  2017  2016  2015  2014 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 $  63,467    59,086    49,850    52,479    54,329  

Construction and land development

   40,222    39,607    41,650    43,694    37,298  

Commercial real estate

   261,896    239,033    220,439    203,853    192,006  

Residential real estate

   102,597    106,863    110,855    116,673    107,641  

Consumer installment

   9,295    9,588    8,712    10,220    12,335  

 

 

Total loans

   477,477    454,177    431,506    426,919    403,609  

Less: unearned income

   (569)   (526)   (560)   (509)   (655) 

 

 

Loans, net of unearned income

 $        476,908          453,651          430,946          426,410          402,954  

 

 

Total loans, net of unearned income, were $426.4$476.9 million at December 31, 2015,2018, an increase of $23.5$23.3 million, or 6%5%, from $403.0$453.7 million at December 31, 2014.2017. Four loan categories represented the majority of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2015:2018: commercial real estate mortgage loans (48%(55%), residential real estate mortgage loans (27%(22%), commercial and industrial loans (12%(13%) and construction and land development loans (10%(8%). Approximately 23%22% of the Company’s commercial real estate loans were classified as owner-occupied at December 31, 2015.2018.

Within its residential real estate mortgage portfolio, the Company had junior lien mortgages of approximately $16.4$12.3 million, or 4%3%, and $16.5$12.6 million, or 4%3%, of total loans, net of unearned income at December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively. For residential real estate mortgage loans with a consumer purpose, approximately $0.9$0.5 million and $1.9$2.1 million required interest-only payments at December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively. The Company’s residential real estate mortgage portfolio does not include any option ARM loans, subprime loans, or any material amount of other high-risk consumer mortgage products.

Purchased loan participations included in the Company’s loan portfolio were approximately $1.4$5.4 million and $1.5$1.4 million as of December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively. All purchased loan participations are underwritten by the Company independent of the selling bank. In addition, all loans, including purchased participations, are evaluated for collectability during the course of the Company’s normal loan review procedures. If the Company deems a participation loan impaired, it applies the same accounting policies and procedures described under “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Loan Losses”.

The average yield earned on loans and loans held for sale was 4.95%4.76% in 20152018 and 5.03%4.70% in 2014.2017.

The specific economic and credit risks associated with our loan portfolio include, but are not limited to, the effects of current economic conditions on our borrowers’ cash flows, real estate market sales volumes, valuations, and availability and cost of financing for properties, real estate industry concentrations, deterioration in certain credits, interest rate fluctuations, reduced collateral values ornon-existent collateral, title defects, inaccurate appraisals, financial deterioration of borrowers, fraud, and any violation of applicable laws and regulations.

The Company attempts to reduce these economic and credit risks by adhering to loan to value guidelines for collateralized loans, investigating the creditworthiness of borrowers and monitoring borrowers’ financial positions. Also, we establish and periodically review our lending policies and procedures. Banking regulations limit a bank’s credit exposure by prohibiting unsecured loan relationships that exceed 10% of its capital accounts; or 20% of capital accounts, if loans in excess of 10% are fully secured. Under these regulations, we are prohibited from having secured loan relationships in excess of approximately $17.5$19.3 million. Furthermore, we have an internal limit for aggregate credit exposure (loans outstanding plus unfunded commitments) to a single borrower of $15.7$17.4 million. Our loan policy requires that the Loan Committee of the Board of Directors approve any loan relationships that exceed this internal limit. At December 31, 2015,2018, the Bank had no loan relationships exceeding thisour internal limit.

We periodically analyze our commercial loan portfolio to determine if a concentration of credit risk exists in any one or more industries. We use classification systems broadly accepted by the financial services industry in order to categorize our commercial borrowers. Loan concentrations to borrowers in the following classes exceeded 25% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital at December 31, 20152018 (and related balances at December 31, 2014)2017).

 

 December 31    December 31 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
(In thousands) 2015 2014    2018 2017 

 

 

Hotel/motel

 $         47,936   $          22,384  

Lessors of 1-4 family residential properties

 $       46,664      $          41,152     46,374   47,323  

Multi-family residential properties

  45,264    35,961     40,455   52,167  

Shopping centers

   

 

38,116 

 

  

 

  

 

30,016 

 

  

 

  35,789   39,966  

Office buildings

   

 

25,421 

 

 

 

  

 

24,483 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that management believes appropriate to adequately cover the Company’s estimate of probable losses in the loan portfolio. As of December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively, the allowance for loan losses was $4.3 million and $4.8 million respectively, which management believed to be adequate at each of the respective dates. The judgments and estimates associated with the determination of the allowance for loan losses are described under “Critical Accounting Policies”.

A summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses and certain asset quality ratios for each of the five years in the five year period ended December 31, 20152018 is presented below.

 

 Year ended December 31  Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands) 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011  2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

            

Balance at beginning of period

 $              4,836            5,268            6,723            6,919            7,676    $              4,757           4,643           4,289           4,836           5,268  

Charge-offs:

            

Commercial and industrial

  (100)   (46)   (514)   (289)   (679)    (52 (449 (97 (100 (46

Construction and land development

   —       (235)   (39)   (231)   (1,758)     —       —       —       —      (235

Commercial real estate

  (866)    —       (262)   (3,184)   (422)    (38  —      (194 (866  —     

Residential real estate

  (89)   (438)   (808)   (545)   (533)    (26 (107 (182 (89 (438

Consumer installment

  (59)   (89)   (397)   (85)   (21)    (52 (40 (67 (59 (89

 

 

Total charge-offs

  (1,114)   (808)   (2,020)   (4,334)   (3,413)    (168 (596 (540 (1,114 (808

Recoveries:

            

Commercial and industrial

  22    71    48    54    34     70   461   29   22   71  

Construction and land development

  17          46         —      347   1,212   17    

Commercial real estate

   —       119       71     —        19    —       —       —      119  

Residential real estate

  313   112    88    134    155     79   115   127   313   112  

Consumer installment

  15   16    19    18    15     33   87   11   15   16  

 

 

Total recoveries

  367    326    165    323    206     201   1,010   1,379   367   326  

Net charge-offs

  (747)   (482)   (1,855)   (4,011)   (3,207)  

 

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

  33   414   839   (747 (482

Provision for loan losses

  200    50    400    3,815    2,450      —      (300 (485 200   50  

 

 

Ending balance

 $     4,289    4,836    5,268    6,723    6,919    $     4,790   4,757   4,643   4,289   4,836  

 

 

as a % of loans

  1.01   1.20    1.37    1.69    1.87     1.00  1.05   1.08   1.01   1.20  

as a % of nonperforming loans

  158   433    124    64    67     2,691  160   196   158   433  

Net charge-offs as a % of average loans

  0.18   0.12    0.48    1.03    0.86   

Net (recoveries) charge-offs as a % of average loans

  (0.01) %  (0.09 (0.19 0.18   0.12  

 

 

As noted under “Critical Accounting Policies”, management assesses the adequacy of the allowance prior to the end of each calendar quarter. The level of the allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the loan portfolios, past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay (including the timing of future payment), the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, economic conditions, industry and peer bank loan quality indications and other pertinent factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires various material estimates and judgments including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change. The ratio of our allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding was 1.01%1.00% at December 31, 2015,2018, compared to 1.20%1.05% at December 31, 2014. The improvement in the allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding was attributable to both a decrease in historical loss rates and a reduction in adversely classified loans.2017. In the future, the allowance to total loans outstanding ratio will increase or decrease to the extent the factors that influence our quarterly allowance assessment in their entirety either improve or weaken.

Net charge-offsrecoveries were $0.7 million,$33 thousand, or 0.18%0.01%, of average loans in 2015,2018, compared to net charge-offsrecoveries of $0.5$0.4 million, or 0.12%0.09%, in 2014. 78%2017. In 2017, the Company recognized a recovery of gross charge-offs in 2015 related to$0.4 million from the payoff of two nonperforming commercial real estate loans. With the exception of the commercial and industrial and commercial real estate portfolio segments, all loan segments experienced a decline in net charge-offs in 2015.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the ratio of our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans was 158% and 433%, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to an increase in nonperforming loans of $1.6 million in 2015, with no corresponding valuation allowances at December 31, 2015.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company’s recorded investment in loans considered impaired was $3.4 million and $3.3 million, respectively, with corresponding valuation allowances (included in the allowance for loan losses) of $0.1 million and $0.2 million at each respective date.

Our regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses, and may require the Company to make additional provisions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

Nonperforming Assets

At December 31, 20152018 the Company had $3.0$0.4 million in nonperforming assets compared to $1.7$3.0 million at December 31, 2014. Nonperforming2017. The decrease in nonperforming assets increased during 2015was primarily due primarily to onethe resolution of two nonperforming commercial real estate loanloans with a recorded investment of $1.5$2.1 million at December 31, 2015.2017.

The table below provides information concerning total nonperforming assets and certain asset quality ratios.

 

    December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)   2015  2014   2013   2012   2011 

 

 

Nonperforming assets:

         

Nonperforming (nonaccrual) loans

 $          2,714         1,117         4,261         10,535         10,354  

Other real estate owned

   252     534     3,884     4,919     7,898  

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

 $  2,966     1,651     8,145     15,454     18,252  

 

 

as a % of loans and other real estate owned

   0.70   0.41     2.10     3.83     4.83  

as a % of total assets

   0.36   0.21     1.08     2.03     2.35  

Nonperforming loans as a % of total loans

   0.64   0.28     1.11     2.65     2.80  

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

 $  —        —         73     58     —      

 

 

     December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)    2018  2017   2016   2015   2014 

 

 

Nonperforming assets:

         

Nonperforming (nonaccrual) loans

 $            178        2,972        2,370        2,714        1,117 

Other real estate owned

   172    —        152    252    534 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

 $    350    2,972    2,522    2,966    1,651 

 

 

as a % of loans and other real estate owned

   0.07   0.66    0.59    0.70    0.41 

as a % of total assets

   0.04   0.35    0.30    0.36    0.21 

Nonperforming loans as a % of total loans

   0.04   0.66    0.55    0.64    0.28 

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

 $    —       —        —        —        —     

 

 

The table below provides information concerning the composition of nonaccrual loans at December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively.

 

 December 31  December 31 
(In thousands) 2015   2014  2018   2017 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans:

        

Commercial and industrial

 $ 43      55    $  —        31  

Construction and land development

  583      605   

Commercial real estate

  1,750      263      —        2,188  

Residential real estate

  325      194     178     739  

Consumer installment

  13      —       —        14  

 

 

Total nonaccrual loans / nonperforming loans

 $         2,714                  1,117    $             178                 2,972  

 

 

The Company discontinues the accrual of interest income when (1) there is a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower and full repayment of principal and interest is not expected or (2) the principal or interest is more than 90 days past due, unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. At December 31, 2015,2018, the Company had $2.7$0.2 million in loans on nonaccrual, compared to $1.1$3.0 million at December 31, 2014.2017.

Due to the weakening credit status of a borrower, the Company may elect to formally restructure certain loans to facilitate a repayment plan that minimizes the potential losses that we might incur. Restructured loans, or troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), are classified as impaired loans, and if the loans are on nonaccrual status as of the date of restructuring, the loans are included in the nonaccrual loan balances noted above. Nonaccrual loan balances do not include loans that have been restructured that were performing as of the restructure date. At December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, the Company had $1.1 million$0.2 and $2.2$0.5 million, respectively, in accruing TDRs.

At December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, there were no loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest.

The table below provides information concerning the composition of OREO at December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively.

 

    December 31 
(In thousands)             2015                   2014 

 

 

Other real estate owned:

    

Commercial:

    

Developed lots

   252      252   

Residential

   —       282   

 

 

Total other real estate owned

 $              252      534   

 

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company held $0.3 million in OREO, which was acquired from borrowers compared to $0.5 million at December 31, 2014.

     December 31 
(In thousands)              2018                   2017 

 

 

Other real estate owned:

     

Residential

 $   172     —     

 

 

Total other real estate owned

 

$

   172             —     

 

 

Potential Problem Loans

Potential problem loans represent those loans with a well-defined weakness and where information about possible credit problems of borrowers has caused management to have serious doubts about the borrower’s ability to comply with present repayment terms. This definition is believed to be substantially consistent with the standards established by the Federal Reserve, the Company’s primary regulator, for loans classified as substandard, excluding nonaccrual loans.    Potential problem loans, which are not included in nonperforming assets, amounted to $5.9$6.5 million, or 1.4% of total loans at December 31, 2015,2018, compared to $7.8$5.7 million, or 1.9%1.3% of total loans at December 31, 2014.2017.

The table below provides information concerning the composition of potential problem loans at December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively.

 

 December 31  December 31 
(In thousands) 2015 2014            2018                 2017 

 

 

Potential problem loans:

      

Commercial and industrial

 $ 323   376    $ 522   119  

Construction and land development

  593   556     741   468  

Commercial real estate

  491   884     688   733  

Residential real estate

  4,371   5,917     4,506   4,253  

Consumer installment

  114   114     71   78  

 

 

Total potential problem loans

 $ 5,892   7,847    

$

         6,528           5,651  

 

 

At December 31, 2015, approximately $0.8 million or 13.3% of total potential problem loans were past due at least 30 but less
than 90 days. At December 31, 2015, the remaining balance of potential problem loans were current or past due less than 30 days.

 

The following table is a summary of the Company’s performing loans that were past due at least 30 days but less than 90 days
as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 
 December 31 
(In thousands) 2015 2014 

 

Performing loans past due 30 to 89 days:

   

Commercial and industrial

 $ 49   168   

Construction and land development

   —    210   

Commercial real estate

   —    201   

Residential real estate

  1,334   2,231   

Consumer installment

  28   45   

 

Total performing loans past due 30 to 89 days

 $ 1,411   2,855   

 

Deposits

   
 December 31 
(In thousands) 2015 2014 

 

Noninterest bearing demand

 $ 156,817   130,160  

NOW

  118,998   111,243  

Money market

  183,042   163,237  

Savings

  45,172   39,624  

Certificates of deposit under $100,000

  85,427   96,890  

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

  123,740   135,722  

Brokered certificates of deposit

  10,431   16,514  

 

Total deposits

 $         723,627               693,390  

 

At December 31, 2018, approximately $0.7 million or 10.4% of total potential problem loans were past due at least 30 but less than 90 days.

The following table is a summary of the Company’s performing loans that were past due at least 30 days but less than 90 days as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

    December 31 
(In thousands)   2018  2017 

 

 

Performing loans past due 30 to 89 days:

   

Commercial and industrial

 $  100     

Construction and land development

   225    —     

Commercial real estate

   —       —     

Residential real estate

   1,740    1,058  

Consumer installment

   41    57  

 

 

Total performing loans past due 30 to 89 days

 

$

          2,106            1,123  

 

 

Deposits

    December 31 
(In thousands)             2018                  2017 

 

 

Noninterest bearing demand

 $  201,648   193,917 

NOW

   120,769   146,999 

Money market

   161,464   173,251 

Savings

   59,075   55,421 

Certificates of deposit under $100,000

   62,207   69,960 

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

   108,620   107,711 

Brokered certificates of deposit

   10,410   10,400 

 

 

Total deposits

 $          724,193           757,659 

 

 

Total deposits were $723.6$724.2 million and $693.4$757.7 million at December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively. The increaseDecreases of $41.2 million in totalinterest-bearing deposits were partially offset by increases in noninterest-bearing deposits of $30.2$7.7 million andduring 2018. Of the change$41.2 million decrease in deposit mix reflect customer preferences for short-term instrumentsinterest-bearing deposits, $28.0 million was due to fluctuations in a low interest rate environment.public depositor account balances.

The average rates paid on total interest-bearing deposits were 0.73%0.68% in 20152018 and 0.89%0.62% in 2014.2017. Noninterest bearing deposits were 22%28% and 19%26% of total deposits at both December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively.

Other Borrowings

Other borrowings consist of short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase with an original maturity of one year or less. The Bank had available federal fund lines totaling $41.0 million with none outstanding at December 31, 2015, compared to $38.0 million with none outstanding at December 31, 2014.2018 and 2017, respectively. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase totaled $3.0$2.3 million and $4.7$2.7 million at December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively.

The average rates paid on short-term borrowings were 0.50%was 0.68% and 0.52% in both 20152018 and 2014.2017, respectively. Information concerning the average balances, weighted average rates, and maximum amounts outstanding for short-term borrowings during thetwo-year period ended December 31, 20152018 is included in Note 109 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

Long-term debt includes FHLB advances with an original maturity greater than one year andjunior subordinated debentures related to trust preferred securities. At December 31, 2015 the company had no long-term FHLB advances outstanding compared to $5.0 million at December 31, 2014. The Company had $7.2$3.2 million in junior subordinated debentures related to trust preferred securities outstanding at December 31, 20152017. On April 27, 2018, the Company formally redeemed all of the issued and 2014.outstanding junior subordinated debentures, including accrued and unpaid distributions, and the Trust formally redeemed all of the issued and outstanding trust preferred securities and common securities at par, including accrued and unpaid distributions. The junior subordinated debentures maturewould have matured on December 31, 2033 and have beenwere redeemable since December 31, 2008.

The average rates paid on long-term debt were 3.40%4.50% in 20152018 and 3.42%3.89% in 2014.2017.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY

The Company’s consolidated stockholders’ equity was $79.9$89.1 million and $75.8$86.9 million as of December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively. The change from December 31, 20142017 was primarily driven by net earnings of $7.9$8.8 million, partially offset by cash dividends paid of $3.2$3.5 million and an other comprehensive loss due to the change in unrealized gains (losses)losses on securitiesavailable-for-sale, net-of-tax, net of $0.5tax, of $3.2 million.

The Company’sBank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 10.35%11.33%, Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) risk-based capital ratio was 15.28%16.49%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 16.57%16.49%, and total risk-based capital ratio was 17.44%17.38% at December 31, 2015.2018. These ratios exceed the minimum regulatory capital percentages of 5.0% for Tier 1 leverage ratio, 6.5% for CET1 risk-based capital ratio, 8.0% for Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and 10.0% for total risk-based capital ratio to be considered “well capitalized.” Based on current regulatory standards, the CompanyBank is classified as “well capitalized.”

MARKET AND LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

Management’s objective is to manage assets and liabilities to provide a satisfactory, consistent level of profitability within the framework of established liquidity, loan, investment, borrowing, and capital policies. The Bank’s Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) is charged with the responsibility of monitoring these policies, which are designed to ensure an acceptable asset/liability composition. Two critical areas of focus for ALCO are interest rate risk and liquidity risk management.

Interest Rate Risk Management

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to market risk arising from fluctuations in interest rates because assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times. For example, if liabilities reprice faster than assets, and interest rates are generally rising, earnings will initially decline. In addition, assets and liabilities may reprice at the same time but by different amounts. For example, when the general level of interest rates is rising, the Company may increase rates paid on interest bearing demand deposit accounts and savings deposit accounts by an amount that is less than the general increase in market interest rates. Also, short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts. For example, a flattening yield curve may reduce the interest spread between new loan yields and funding costs. Further, the remaining maturity of various assets and liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change. For example, if long-term mortgage interest rates decline sharply, mortgage-backed securities in the securities portfolio may prepay earlier than anticipated, which could reduce earnings. Interest rates may also have a direct or indirect effect on loan demand, loan losses, mortgage origination volume, the fair value of MSRs and other items affecting earnings.

ALCO measures and evaluates the interest rate risk so that we can meet customer demands for various types of loans and deposits. ALCO determines the most appropriate amounts ofon-balance sheet andoff-balance sheet items. Measurements used to help manage interest rate sensitivity include an earnings simulation and an economic value of equity model.

Earnings simulation. Management believes that interest rate risk is best estimated by our earnings simulation modeling. On at least a quarterly basis, the following 12 month time period is simulated to determine a baseline net interest income forecast and the sensitivity of this forecast to changes in interest rates. The baseline forecast assumes an unchanged or flat interest rate environment. Forecasted levels of earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities, andoff-balance sheet financial instruments are combined with ALCO forecasts of market interest rates for the next 12 months and other factors in order to produce various earnings simulations and estimates.

To help limit interest rate risk, we have guidelines for earnings at risk which seek to limit the variance of net interest income from gradual changes in interest rates. For changes up or down in rates from management’s flat interest rate forecast over the next 12 months, policy limits for net interest income variances are as follows:

 

+/- 20% for a gradual change of 400 basis points

 

+/- 15% for a gradual change of 300 basis points

 

+/- 10% for a gradual change of 200 basis points

 

+/- 5% for a gradual change of 100 basis points

The following table reports the variance of net interest income over the next 12 months assuming a gradual change in interest rates up or down when compared to the baseline net interest income forecast at December 31, 2015.2018.

 

Changes in Interest Rates  Net Interest Income % Variance

 400 basis points

  4.09(3.47) %  

 300 basis points

  2.77(2.13)      

 200 basis points

  1.96(1.16)      

 100 basis points

  0.69(0.82)      

 (100) basis points

  (0.33)0.92      

 (200) basis points

  NM0.08      

 (300) basis points

  NM      

 (400) basis points

  NM      

NM=not meaningful

At December 31, 2015,2018, our earnings simulation model indicated that we were in compliance with the policy guidelines noted above.

Economic Value of Equity. Economic value of equity (“EVE”) measures the extent that estimated economic values of our assets, liabilities andoff-balance sheet items will change as a result of interest rate changes. Economic values are estimated by discounting expected cash flows from assets, liabilities andoff-balance sheet items, which establishes a base case EVE. In contrast with our earnings simulation model which evaluates interest rate risk over a 12 month timeframe, EVE uses a terminal horizon which allows for there-pricing of all assets, liabilities, andoff-balance sheet items. Further, EVE is measured using values as of a point in time and does not reflect any actions that ALCO might take in responding to or anticipating changes in interest rates, or market and competitive conditions.

To help limit interest rate risk, we have stated policy guidelines for an instantaneous basis point change in interest rates, such that our EVE should not decrease from our base case by more than the following:

 

45% for an instantaneous change of +/- 400 basis points

 

35% for an instantaneous change of +/- 300 basis points

 

25% for an instantaneous change of +/- 200 basis points

 

15% for an instantaneous change of +/- 100 basis points

The following table reports the variance of EVE assuming an immediate change in interest rates up or down when compared to the baseline EVE at December 31, 2015.2018.

 

Changes in Interest Rates  EVE % Variance

 400 basis points

  (16.05)(21.50) %  

 300 basis points

  (12.01)(15.62)      

 200 basis points

  (7.90)(10.03)      

 100 basis points

  (3.07)(4.56)      

 (100) basis points

  (1.23)0.45      

 (200) basis points

  NM(5.77)      

 (300) basis points

  NM      

 (400) basis points

  NM      

NM=not meaningful

At December 31, 2015,2018, our EVE model indicated that we were in compliance with the policy guidelines noted above.

Each of the above analyses may not, on its own, be an accurate indicator of how our net interest income will be affected by changes in interest rates. Income associated with interest-earning assets and costs associated with interest-bearing liabilities may not be affected uniformly by changes in interest rates. In addition, the magnitude and duration of changes in interest rates may have a significant impact on net interest income. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates, and other economic and market factors, including market perceptions. Interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities fluctuate in advance of changes in general market rates, while interest rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes in general market rates. In addition, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features (generally referred to as “interest rate caps and floors”) which limit changes in interest rates. Prepayment and early withdrawal levels also could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the maturity of certain instruments. The ability of many borrowers to service their debts also may decrease during periods of rising interest rates or economic stress, which may differ across industries and economic sectors. ALCO reviews each of the above interest rate sensitivity analyses along with several different interest rate scenarios in seeking satisfactory, consistent levels of profitability within the framework of the Company’s established liquidity, loan, investment, borrowing, and capital policies.

The Company may also use derivative financial instruments to improve the balance between interest-sensitive assets and interest-sensitive liabilities and as one tool to manage interest rate sensitivity while continuing to meet the credit and deposit needs of our customers. From time to time, the Company may enter into interest rate swaps (“swaps”) to facilitate customer transactions and meet their financing needs. These swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments. At December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, the Company had no derivative contracts to assist in managing interest rate sensitivity.

Liquidity Risk Management

Liquidity is the Company’s ability to convert assets into cash equivalents in order to meet daily cash flow requirements, primarily for deposit withdrawals, loan demand and maturing obligations. Without proper management of its liquidity, the Company could experience higher costs of obtaining funds due to insufficient liquidity, while excessive liquidity can lead to a decline in earnings due to the opportunity cost of foregoing alternative higher-yielding investment opportunities.

Liquidity is managed at two levels: at the Company and at the Bank. The management of liquidity at both levels is essential, because the Company and the Bank have different funding needs and sources, are separate legal entities, and each are subject to regulatory guidelines and requirements.

The primary source of funding and the primary source of liquidity for the Company includes dividends received from the Bank, and secondarily proceeds from the issuance of common stock or other securities. Primary uses of funds for the Company include dividends paid to shareholders, stock repurchases, and interest payments on junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company in connection with trust preferred securities. The junior subordinated debentures are presented as long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related trust preferred securities are includible in Tier 1 Capital for regulatory capital purposes.

Primary sources of funding for the Bank include customer deposits, other borrowings, repayment and maturity of securities, and sale and repayment of loans. The Bank has access to federal funds lines from various banks and borrowings from the Federal Reserve discount window. In addition to these sources, the Bank has participated in the FHLB’s advance program to obtain funding for its growth. Advances include both fixed and variable terms and are taken out with varying maturities. As of December 31, 2015,2018, the Bank had a remaining available line of credit with the FHLB totaling $240.6$238.6 million. As of December 31, 2015,2018, the Bank also had $41.0 million of federal funds lines, with none outstanding. Primary uses of funds include repayment of maturing obligations and growing the loan portfolio.

The following table presents additional information about our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015,2018, which by their terms had contractual maturity and termination dates subsequent to December 31, 2015:2018:

 

  Payments due by period   Payments due by period 
(Dollars in thousands)  Total     

 

1 year

 

or less

     

1 to 3

 

years

     

3 to 5

 

years

     

More than

 

5 years

   Total     

1 year

 

or less

     

1 to 3

 

years

     

3 to 5

 

years

     

More than

 

5 years

 

 

 

Contractual obligations:

                                    

Deposit maturities (1)

   $          723,627       599,640       81,220       42,594       173     $          724,193      651,319      45,518      27,356      —     

Long-term debt

   7,217       —           —           —           7,217  

Operating lease obligations

   413       220       160       33       —         718      152      161      120      285 

 

 

Total

   $731,257      $599,860      $81,380      $42,627       $7,390     $724,911      651,471      45,679      27,476      285 

 

 
(1)

Deposits with no stated maturity (demand, NOW, money market, and savings deposits) are presented in the “1 year or less” column

Management believes that the Company and the Bank have adequate sources of liquidity to meet all known contractual obligations and unfunded commitments, including loan commitments and reasonable borrower, depositor, and creditor requirements over the next 12 months.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2015,2018, the Bank had outstanding standby letters of credit of $8.2$7.0 million and unfunded loan commitments outstanding of $52.2$61.9 million. Because these commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and many will expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment level does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. If needed to fund these outstanding commitments, the Bank has the ability to liquidate federal funds sold or securitiesavailable-for-sale, or on a short-term basis to borrow and purchase federal funds from other financial institutions.

Residential mortgage lending and servicing activities

Since 2009, we have primarily sold residential mortgage loans in the secondary market to Fannie Mae while retaining the servicing of these loans. The sale agreements for these residential mortgage loans with Fannie Mae and other investors include various representations and warranties regarding the origination and characteristics of the residential mortgage loans. Although the representations and warranties vary among investors, they typically cover ownership of the loan, validity of the lien securing the loan, the absence of delinquent taxes or liens against the property securing the loan, compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement, compliance with applicable federal, state, and local laws, among other matters.

As of December 31, 2015,2018, the unpaid principal balance of residential mortgage loans, which we have originated and sold, but retained the servicing rights was $358.9$290.0 million. Although these loans are generally sold on anon-recourse basis, except for breaches of customary seller representations and warranties, we may have to repurchase residential mortgage loans in cases where we breach such representations or warranties or the other terms of the sale, such as where we fail to deliver required documents or the documents we deliver are defective. Investors also may require the repurchase of a mortgage loan when an early payment default underwriting review reveals significant underwriting deficiencies, even if the mortgage loan has subsequently been brought current. Repurchase demands are typically reviewed on an individual loan by loan basis to validate the claims made by the investor and to determine if a contractually required repurchase event has occurred. We seek to reduce and manage the risks of potential repurchases or other claims by mortgage loan investors through our underwriting, quality assurance and servicing practices, including good communications with our residential mortgage investors.

In 2015,2018, as a result of the representation and warranty provisions contained in the Company’s sale agreements with Fannie Mae, the Company was required to repurchase two loansone loan with an aggregate principal balance of $287$53 thousand, that werewhich was current as to principal and interest at the time of repurchase. During 2017, the Company was required to repurchase and reimburse Fannie Mae approximately $37 thousand related to a make whole request. The Company repurchased one loan in 2014three loans with aan aggregate principal balance of $387 thousand$0.6 million that waswere current as to principal and interest at the time of repurchase. At December 31, 2015,2018, the Company had twono pending repurchase requests related to representation and warranty provisions.

Also, in January 2015, the Company voluntarily repurchased from Fannie Mae ten investment property loans with an aggregate principal balance of $4.0 million that were made to the same borrower and were current as to principal and interest. At the date of repurchase, the aggregate fair value of these ten investment property loans was greater than the repurchase price required by Fannie Mae. As part of the Company’s quality control review procedures, one of these ten loans was self-reported to Fannie Mae in 2014 for possible breaches related to representation and warranty provisions. After further investigation, the Company identified certain underwriting deficiencies for the other nine investment property loans and submitted the voluntary repurchase request to Fannie Mae. In response to the quality control review findings related to this one borrower, the Company has put additional controls in place for investment property loans originated for sale, including additional quality control reviews and management approvals. Furthermore, management performed additional reviews of investment property loans originated for sale, including a review of the number of loans to one borrower, and does not believe there is any material exposure related to representation and warranty provisions for these loans.

We service all residential mortgage loans originated and sold by us to Fannie Mae. As servicer, our primary duties are to: (1) collect payments due from borrowers; (2) advance certain delinquent payments of principal and interest; (3) maintain and administer any hazard, title, or primary mortgage insurance policies relating to the mortgage loans; (4) maintain any required escrow accounts for payment of taxes and insurance and administer escrow payments; and (5) foreclose on defaulted mortgage loans or take other actions to mitigate the potential losses to investors consistent with the agreements governing our rights and duties as servicer.

The agreement under which we act as servicer generally specifies a standard of responsibility for actions taken by us in such capacity and provides protection against expenses and liabilities incurred by us when acting in compliance with the respective servicing agreements. However, if we commit a material breach of our obligations as servicer, we may be subject to termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period following notice. The standards governing servicing and the possible remedies for violations of such standards are determined by servicing guides issued by Fannie Mae as well as the contract provisions established between Fannie Mae and the Bank. Remedies could include repurchase of an affected loan.

Although to date repurchase requests related to representation and warranty provisions, and servicing activities have been limited, it is possible that requests to repurchase mortgage loans may increase in frequency if investors more aggressively pursue all means of recovering losses on their purchased loans. As of December 31, 2015,2018, we believe that this exposure is not material due to the historical level of repurchase requests and loss trends, the results of our quality control reviews, and the fact that 99% of our residential mortgage loans serviced for Fannie Mae were current as of such date. We maintain ongoing communications with our investors and will continue to evaluate this exposure by monitoring the level and number of repurchase requests as well as the delinquency rates in our investor portfolios.

Effects of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related consolidated financial data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and practices within the banking industry which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation.

CURRENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

The following Accounting Standards Updates (“Updates” or “ASUs”) have been issued by the FASB but are not yet effective.

 

 

ASU 2014-09,2016-02,Revenue from Contracts with Customers;Leases;

 

 

ASU 2015-02,2016-13,Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis;Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments;

 

 

ASU 2015-03,2017-12,Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs;Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities;

 

ASU 2015-05,Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement;

 

ASU 2015-14,2018-13,Revenue from Contracts with CustomersFair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure FrameworkDeferral ofChanges to the Effective Date;Disclosure Requirements for Fair

          Value Measurement; and

 

 

ASU 2016-01,2018-15,Financial InstrumentsIntangiblesOverall:RecognitionGoodwill and Measurement ofOther – Internal Use Software (Subtopic350-40): Customer’s Accounting forFinancial Assets and Financial Liabilities

          Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract.

ASU 2016-02,Leases

Information about these pronouncements is described in more detail below.

ASU 2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with Customers, provides a comprehensive and converged standard on revenue recognition. The new guidance is intended to improve comparability of revenue recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions, and capital markets. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. This guidance also requires new qualitative and quantitative disclosures related to revenue from contracts with customers. In August 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-14,Revenue from Contracts with Customers – Deferral of the Effective Date,which defers the effective date by one year. With the deferral, these changes are effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2018 with retrospective application to each prior reporting period or with the cumulative effect of initially applying this Update at the date of initial application. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2015-02,Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, affects reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. Specifically, the amendments: (1) Modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) or voting interest entities; (2) Eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; (3) Affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships; and (4) Provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. These changes are effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2016. The adoption of this ASU will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2015-03,Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability, rather than as an asset. These changes are effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2016 with retrospective application to each prior reporting period. The adoption of this ASU will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2015-05,Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement, provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The new guidance does not change the accounting for a customer’s accounting for service contracts. These changes are effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2016. The adoption of this ASU will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2016-01,Financial Instruments – Overall:Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, enhances the reporting model for financial instruments to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information. The ASU addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. Some of the amendments include the following: 1) Require equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; 2) Simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment; 3) Require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; 4) Require an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value; among others. For public business entities, the amendments of this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2016-02,Leases, requires lessees to recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases on the balance sheet. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and aright-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU2018-10 and2018-11, which are designed to make targeted improvements to and clarifications regarding ASU2016-02. The new guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The amendment should be applied at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company is currently finalizing its evaluation of its lease obligations as potential lease assets and liabilities as defined by ASU2016-02. Based on the Company’s preliminary analysis of its existing lease contracts, it is estimated that the adoption of ASU2016-02 will result in aright-of-use asset and a lease liability of approximately $0.6 million from operating leases, primarily from our facilities.

ASU2016-13,Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): – Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, amends guidance on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available for sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost basis, the new standard eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in current GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses using a broader range of information regarding past events, current conditions and forecasts assessing the collectability of cash flows. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected. For available for sale debt securities, credit losses should be measured in a manner similar to current GAAP, however the new standard will require that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down. The new guidance affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases,off-balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. For public business entities that are SEC filers, the new guidance is effective for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted beginning in 2019. Entities will apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (i.e., modified retrospective approach). The Company is planning to adopt the standard in the first quarter of 2020 and is continuing its implementation efforts through its Company-wide implementation team. This team has assigned roles and responsibilities, key tasks to complete, and a general timeline to be followed. The team meets periodically to discuss the latest developments and ensure progress is being made. The team has been working with an advisory consultant and is finalizing the methodologies that will be utilized, which will be followed by developing and documenting processes, controls, policies and disclosure requirements in preparation for performing a full parallel run. The Company’s preliminary evaluation indicates the provisions of ASUNo. 2016-13 are expected to impact the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, in particular the level of the reserve for credit losses. The Company is continuing to evaluate the extent of the potential impact and expects that portfolio composition and economic conditions at the time of adoption will be a factor.

ASU2017-12,Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, improves the transparency and understandability of information conveyed to financial statement users about an entity’s risk management activities by better aligning the entity’s financial reporting for hedging relationships with those risk management activities and reduces the complexity of and simplifies the application of hedge accounting by preparers. For public entities, the guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods therein; however, early adoption by all entities is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating this ASU to determine whether its provisions will enhance the Company’s ability to employ risk management strategies, while improving the transparency and understanding of those strategies for financial statement users.

ASU2018-13,Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,improves the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements by eliminating the requirements to disclose (i) the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; (ii) the policy for timing of transfers between levels; and (iii) the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. This ASU also added specific disclosure requirements for fair value measurements for public entities including the requirement to disclose the changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements and the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements.

The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and all interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of the ASU. Entities are permitted to early adopt amendments that remove or modify disclosures and delay the adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidancethis ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2018- 15,Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal Use Software (Subtopic350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contractaligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtaininternal-use software (and hosting arrangements that includeinternal-use software license). This ASU requires entities to use the guidance in FASB ASC350-40, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal Use Software, to determine whether to capitalize or expense implementation costs related to the service contract. This ASU also requires entities to (i) expense capitalized implementation costs of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract over the term of the hosting arrangement; (ii) present the expense related to the capitalized implementation costs in the same line item on the income statement as fees associated with the hosting element of the arrangement; (iii) classify payments for capitalized implementation costs in the statement of cash flows in the same manner as payments made for fees associated with the hosting element; and (iv) present the capitalized implementation costs in the same balance sheet line item that a prepayment for the fees associated with the hosting arrangement would be presented.

The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Table 1 – Explanation ofNon-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP, this annual report on Form10-K includes certain designated net interest income amounts presented on atax-equivalent basis, anon-GAAP financial measure, including the presentation of total revenue and the calculation of the efficiency ratio.

The Company believes the presentation of net interest income on atax-equivalent basis provides comparability of net interest income from both taxable andtax-exempt sources and facilitates comparability within the industry. Although the Company believes thesenon-GAAP financial measures enhance investors’ understanding of its business and performance, thesenon-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP. The reconciliation of thesenon-GAAP financial measures from GAAP tonon-GAAP is presented below.

 

   Year ended December 31    Year ended December 31 
(In thousands)   

 

2015

   2014   2013   2012   2011    

 

2018

   2017   2016   2015   2014 

 

 

Net interest income (GAAP)

 $       22,718         21,453         20,922         20,897         19,225   $   25,570    24,526    22,732    22,718    21,453 

Tax-equivalent adjustment

    1,342     1,288     1,440     1,642     1,719      613    1,205    1,276    1,342    1,288 

 

 

Net interest income (Tax-equivalent)

 $   24,060     22,741     22,362     22,539     20,944   $       26,183        25,731        24,008        24,060        22,741 

 

 

Table 2 - Selected Financial Data

    Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2015     2014     2013     2012     2011 

 

 

Income statement

                  

Tax-equivalent interest income (a)

         $  28,495       28,105       28,898       30,709       32,425  

Total interest expense

   4,435       5,364       6,536       8,170       11,481  

 

 

Tax equivalent net interest income (a)

   24,060       22,741       22,362       22,539       20,944  

 

 

Provision for loan losses

   200       50       400       3,815       2,450  

Total noninterest income

   4,532       3,933       7,298       10,483       5,177  

Total noninterest expense

   16,372       15,104       18,412       19,383       16,357  

 

 

Net earnings before income taxes and tax-equivalent adjustment

   12,020       11,520       10,848       9,824       7,314  

Tax-equivalent adjustment

   1,342       1,288       1,440       1,642       1,719  

Income tax expense

   2,820       2,784       2,290       1,419       57  

 

 

Net earnings

         $  7,858       7,448       7,118       6,763       5,538  

 

 

Per share data:

                  

Basic and diluted net earnings

         $  2.16       2.04       1.95       1.86       1.52  

Cash dividends declared

         $  0.88       0.86       0.84       0.82       0.80  

Weighted average shares outstanding

                  

Basic and diluted

   3,643,428       3,643,278       3,643,003       3,642,831       3,642,735  

Shares outstanding

     3,643,478       3,643,328       3,643,118       3,642,903       3,642,738  

Book value

         $  21.94       20.80       17.70       19.26       17.96  

Common stock price

                  

High

         $  30.39       25.80       25.75       26.65       20.37  

Low

   23.15       22.10       20.80       18.23       18.52  

Period-end

         $  29.62       23.64       25.00       20.85       18.52  

To earnings ratio

   13.78     11.59       12.89       11.21       12.10  

To book value

   135 %      114       141       108       103  

Performance ratios:

                  

Return on average equity

   9.98 %      10.53       10.33       9.85       9.10  

Return on average assets

   0.98 %      0.97       0.94       0.90       0.72  

Dividend payout ratio

   40.74 %      42.16       43.08       44.09       52.63  

Average equity to average assets

   9.79 %      9.17       9.07       9.09       7.89  

Asset Quality:

                  

Allowance for loan losses as a % of:

                  

Loans

   1.01 %      1.20       1.37       1.69       1.87  

Nonperforming loans

   158 %      433       124       64       67  

Nonperforming assets as a % of:

                  

Loans and other real estate owned

   0.70 %      0.41       2.10       3.83       4.83  

Total assets

   0.36 %      0.21       1.08       2.03       2.35  

Nonperforming loans as % of loans

   0.64 %      0.28       1.11       2.65       2.80  

Net charge-offs as a % of average loans

   0.18 %      0.12       0.48       1.03       0.86  

Capital Adequacy:

                  

CET 1 risk-based capital ratio

   15.28 %      na       na       na       na  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

   16.57 %      17.45       17.19       16.20       15.40  

Total risk-based capital ratio

   17.44 %      18.54       18.40       17.46       16.66  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   10.35 %      10.32       10.10       9.58       8.82  

Other financial data:

                  

Net interest margin (a)

   3.17 %      3.15       3.16       3.21       2.95  

Effective income tax rate

   26.41 %      27.21       24.34       17.34       1.02  

Efficiency ratio (b)

   57.26 %      56.62       62.08       58.70       62.62  

Selected period end balances:

                  

Securities

         $  241,687       267,603       271,219       259,475       299,582  

Loans, net of unearned income

   426,410       402,954       383,339       398,193       370,263  

Allowance for loan losses

   4,289       4,836       5,268       6,723       6,919  

Total assets

   817,189       789,231       751,343       759,833       776,218  

Total deposits

   723,627       693,390       668,844       636,817       619,552  

Long-term debt

   7,217       12,217       12,217       47,217       85,313  

Total stockholders’ equity

   79,949       75,799       64,485       70,149       65,416  

 

 

    Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   2018   2017     2016     2015     2014 

 

 

Income statement

                

Tax-equivalent interest income (a)

         $  29,859    29,325      28,092      28,495      28,105 

Total interest expense

   3,676    3,594      4,084      4,435      5,364 

 

 

Tax equivalent net interest income (a)

   26,183    25,731      24,008      24,060      22,741 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

   —      (300     (485     200      50 

Total noninterest income

   3,325    3,441      3,383      4,532      3,933 

Total noninterest expense

   17,874    16,784      15,348      16,372      15,104 

 

 

Net earnings before income taxes andtax-equivalent adjustment

   11,634    12,688      12,528      12,020      11,520 

Tax-equivalent adjustment

   613    1,205      1,276      1,342      1,288 

Income tax expense

   2,187    3,637      3,102      2,820      2,784 

 

 

Net earnings

         $  8,834    7,846      8,150      7,858      7,448 

 

 

Per share data:

                

Basic and diluted net earnings

         $  2.42    2.15      2.24      2.16      2.04 

Cash dividends declared

         $  0.96    0.92      0.90      0.88      0.86 

Weighted average shares outstanding

                

Basic and diluted

   3,643,780    3,643,616      3,643,504      3,643,428      3,643,278 

Shares outstanding

   3,643,868    3,643,668      3,643,523      3,643,478      3,643,328 

Book value

         $  24.44    23.85      22.55      21.94      20.80 

Common stock price

                

High

         $  53.50    40.25      31.31      30.39      25.80 

Low

   28.88    30.75      24.56      23.15      22.10 

Period-end

         $  31.66    38.90      31.31      29.62      23.64 

To earnings ratio

   13.08    18.09      13.98      13.78      11.59 

To book value

   130    163      139      135      114 

Performance ratios:

                

Return on average equity

   10.14    9.17      9.65      9.98      10.53 

Return on average assets

   1.08    0.94      0.98      0.98      0.97 

Dividend payout ratio

   39.67    42.79      40.18      40.74      42.16 

Average equity to average assets

   10.63    10.30      10.14      9.79      9.17 

Asset Quality:

                

Allowance for loan losses as a % of:

                

Loans

   1.00    1.05      1.08      1.01      1.20 

Nonperforming loans

   2,691    160      196      158      433 

Nonperforming assets as a % of:

                

Loans and other real estate owned

   0.07    0.66      0.59      0.70      0.41 

Total assets

   0.04    0.35      0.30      0.36      0.21 

Nonperforming loans as % of loans

   0.04    0.66      0.55      0.64      0.28 

Net (recoveries) charge-offs as a % of average loans

   (0.01) %    (0.09     (0.19     0.18      0.12 

Capital Adequacy:

                

CET 1 risk-based capital ratio

   16.49    16.42      16.44      15.28      na 

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

   16.49    16.98      17.00      16.57      17.45 

Total risk-based capital ratio

   17.38    17.91      17.95      17.44      18.54 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   11.33    10.95      10.27      10.35      10.32 

Other financial data:

                

Net interest margin (a)

   3.40    3.29      3.05      3.17      3.15 

Effective income tax rate

   19.84    31.67      27.57      26.41      27.21 

Efficiency ratio (b)

   60.57    57.53      56.03      57.26      56.62 

Selected period end balances:

                

Securities

         $  239,801    257,697      243,572      241,687      267,603 

Loans, net of unearned income

   476,908    453,651      430,946      426,410      402,954 

Allowance for loan losses

   4,790    4,757      4,643      4,289      4,836 

Total assets

   818,077    853,381      831,943      817,189      789,231 

Total deposits

   724,193    757,659      739,143      723,627      693,390 

Long-term debt

   —      3,217      3,217      7,217      12,217 

Total stockholders’ equity

   89,055    86,906      82,177      79,949      75,799 

 

 
(a)

Tax-equivalent. See “Table 1 - Explanation ofNon-GAAP Financial Measures”.

(b)

Efficiency ratio is the result of noninterest expense divided by the sum of noninterest income andtax-equivalent net interest income.

Table 3 - Average Balance and Net Interest Income Analysis

 

 Year ended December 31 Year ended December 31 
 2015 2014 2018 2017 
       Interest           Interest           Interest           Interest     
 Average     Income/   Yield/ Average     Income/   Yield/ Average     Income/   Yield/ Average     Income/   Yield/ 
(Dollars in thousands) Balance     Expense   Rate Balance     Expense   Rate Balance     Expense   Rate Balance     Expense   Rate 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

                    

Loans and loans held for sale (1)

 $ 413,616    $       20,484             4.95%   $ 388,373    $       19,551            5.03% $ 457,610   $       21,766            4.76%  $ 442,101   $       20,781            4.70% 

Securities - taxable

  186,845   3,851     2.06%    207,655   4,627    2.23%  181,485  4,051    2.23%   197,108  4,229    2.15% 

Securities - tax-exempt (2)

  68,386   3,946     5.77%    62,870   3,790    6.03%  71,065  2,921    4.11%   69,881  3,545    5.07% 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

  255,231   7,797     3.05%    270,525   8,417    3.11%  252,550  6,972    2.76%   266,989  7,774    2.91% 

Federal funds sold

  58,607   137     0.23%    56,110   109    0.19%  28,689  554    1.93%   32,342  341    1.05% 

Interest bearing bank deposits

  31,028   77     0.25%    6,559   28    0.43%  31,339  567    1.81%   41,317  429    1.04% 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

  758,482   28,495     3.76%    721,567   28,105    3.89%  770,188  29,859    3.88%   782,749  29,325    3.75% 

Cash and due from banks

  13,232       12,915       13,802      13,386    

Other assets

  32,413       36,490       35,539      34,291    

  

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

    

Total assets

 $ 804,127      $ 770,972      $ 819,529     $ 830,426    

  

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

    

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                    

Deposits:

                    

NOW

 $ 115,146   348     0.30%   $ 105,533   331    0.31% $ 125,533  428    0.34%  $ 125,935  248    0.20% 

Savings and money market

  215,936   832     0.39%    191,882   982    0.51%  220,810  855    0.39%   230,121  852    0.37% 

Certificates of deposits less than $100,000

  91,136   935     1.03%    101,561   1,169    1.15%

Certificates of deposits and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

  140,831   2,020     1.43%    156,029   2,445    1.57%

Certificates of deposits

  184,010  2,329    1.27%   198,457  2,351    1.18% 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

  563,049   4,135     0.73%    555,005   4,927    0.89%  530,353  3,612    0.68%   554,513  3,451    0.62% 

Short-term borrowings

  3,601   18     0.50%    3,814   19    0.50%  2,634  18    0.68%   3,476  18    0.52% 

Long-term debt

  8,286   282     3.40%    12,217   418    3.42%  1,022  46    4.50%   3,217  125    3.89% 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  574,936   4,435     0.77%    571,036   5,364    0.94%  534,009  3,676    0.69%   561,206  3,594    0.64% 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

  147,259       126,122       195,924      180,891    

Other liabilities

  3,208       3,100       2,489      2,788    

Stockholders’ equity

  78,724       70,714       87,107      85,541    

  

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

    

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 $        804,127      $        770,972     

Total liabilities and and stockholders’ equity

 $        819,529     $        830,426    

  

 

      

 

      

 

      

 

    

Net interest income and margin

    $24,060     3.17%      $22,741    3.15%    $       26,183    3.40%     $       25,731    3.29% 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Average loan balances are shown net of unearned income and loans on nonaccrual status have been included in the computation of average balances.

(2)

Yields ontax-exempt securities have been computed on atax-equivalent basis using an income tax rate of 21% for 2018 and 34%. for prior years.

Table 4 - Volume and Rate Variance Analysis

 

    Years ended December 31, 2015 vs. 2014        Years ended December 31, 2014 vs. 2013           Years ended December 31, 2018 vs. 2017            Years ended December 31, 2017 vs. 2016     
 Net 

 

Due to change in

 Net Due to change in    Net   

 

Due to change in

     Net   Due to change in 
   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands) Change 

 

      Rate (2)

   Volume (2) Change       Rate (2)   Volume (2)    Change   Rate (2)   Volume (2)     Change   Rate (2)   Volume (2) 

   

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income:

                        

Loans and loans held for sale

 $ 933    (317)     1,250    $ (1,053)   (957)     (96)   $   985     247     738   $     328     (138)    466  

Securities - taxable

  (776)   (347)     (429)    715    452      263       (178)    171     (349)     947     298     649  

Securities - tax-exempt (1)

  156    (162)     318     (444)   (147)     (297)      (624)    (673)    49      (209)    (279)    70  

   

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

  (620)   (509)     (111)    271    305      (34)      (802)    (502)    (300)     738     19     719  

Federal funds sold

  28    22             (11)     14       213     284     (71)     92     272     (180) 

Interest bearing bank deposits

  49    (12)     61     (14)   (18)           138     319     (181)     75     373     (298) 

   

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

 $ 390    (816)     1,206    $ (793)   (681)     (112)   $   534     348     186   $     1,233     526     707  

   

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

                        

Deposits:

                        

NOW

 $ 17    (12)     29    $ 12    (2)     14    $   180     181     (1)  $     (85)    (93)     

Savings and money market

  (150)   (243)     93     96    (9)     105           39     (36)     (38)    (29)    (9) 

Certificates of deposits less than $100,000

  (234)   (127)     (107)    (268)   (221)     (47)  

Certificates of deposits and other time deposits of $100,000 or more

  (425)   (207)     (218)    (305)   (309)       

Certificates of deposits

    (22)    161     (183)     (267)    (99)    (168) 

   

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

  (792)   (589)     (203)    (465)   (541)     76       161     381     (220)     (390)    (221)    (169) 

Short-term borrowings

  (1)        (1)        —              —          (6)         —       

Long-term debt

  (136)   (2)     (134)    (712)   (52)     (660)      (79)    20     (99)     (103)    24     (127) 

   

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

  (929)   (591)     (338)    (1,172)   (593)     (579)      82     407     (325)     (490)    (197)    (293) 

   

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

 $ 1,319    (225)     1,544    $ 379    (88)     467    $   452     (59)    511  $     1,723     723     1,000  

   

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Yields ontax-exempt securities have been computed on atax-equivalent basis using an income tax rate of 21% for 2018 and 34%. for prior years.

(2)

Changes that are not solely a result of volume or rate have been allocated to volume.

Table 5 - Loan Portfolio Composition

 

  December 31   December 31 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
(In thousands)  

 

2015

     2014     2013     2012     2011   

 

2018

   2017   2016   2015   2014 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

    $52,479        54,329        57,780        59,334        54,988       $63,467     59,086     49,850     52,479     54,329  

Construction and land development

   43,694        37,298        36,479        37,631        39,814      40,222     39,607     41,650     43,694     37,298  

Commercial real estate

   203,853        192,006        174,920        183,611        162,435      261,896     239,033     220,439     203,853     192,006  

Residential real estate

   116,673        107,641        101,706        105,631        101,725      102,597     106,863     110,855     116,673     107,641  

Consumer installment

   10,220        12,335        12,893        12,219        11,454      9,295     9,588     8,712     10,220     12,335  

 

 

Total loans

   426,919        403,609        383,778        398,426        370,416      477,477     454,177     431,506     426,919     403,609  

Less: unearned income

   (509)       (655)       (439)       (233)       (153)     (569)    (526)    (560)    (509)    (655) 

 

 

Loans, net of unearned income

   426,410        402,954        383,339        398,193        370,263      476,908     453,651     430,946     426,410     402,954  

Less: allowance for loan losses

   (4,289)       (4,836)       (5,268)       (6,723)       (6,919)     (4,790)    (4,757)    (4,643)    (4,289)    (4,836) 

 

 

Loans, net

    $      422,121        398,118        378,071        391,470        363,344       $      472,118     448,894     426,303     422,121     398,118  

 

 

Table 6 - Loan Maturities and Sensitivities to Changes in Interest Rates

 

  December 31, 2015    December 31, 2018 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

 

1 year

 

   

1 to 5

 

   

After 5

 

       

Adjustable

 

   

Fixed

 

       

 

1 year

   1 to 5   After 5       Adjustable   Fixed     
(Dollars in thousands)  or less   years   years   Total   Rate   Rate   Total   

 

or less

   years   years   Total   Rate   Rate   Total 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

  $63     43,746     8,670     52,479     23,472     29,007     52,479    $37,237    9,600    16,630    63,467    21,505    41,962    63,467 

Construction and land development

   848     36,691     6,155     43,694     22,476     21,218     43,694     22,910    16,420    892    40,222    16,016    24,206    40,222 

Commercial real estate

   1,506     84,860     117,487     203,853     14,541     189,312     203,853     34,196    98,083    129,617    261,896    11,932    249,964    261,896 

Residential real estate

   1,297     24,921     90,455     116,673     66,474     50,199     116,673     9,654    26,347    66,596    102,597    50,992    51,605    102,597 

Consumer installment

   258     8,826     1,136     10,220     1,721     8,499     10,220     3,359    5,372    564    9,295    422    8,873    9,295 

 

 

Total loans

  $          3,972     199,044     223,903     426,919           128,684     298,235           426,919    $          107,356    155,822    214,299    477,477          100,867    376,610          477,477 

 

 

Table 7 - Allowance for Loan Losses and Nonperforming Assets

 

  Year ended December 31   Year ended December 31 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)  2015     2014 2013 2012 2011   2018     2017 2016 2015 2014 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

                

Balance at beginning of period

  $4,836      5,268   6,723   6,919   7,676     $4,757     4,643  4,289  4,836  5,268  

Charge-offs:

                

Commercial and industrial

   (100    (46 (514 (289 (679)     (52    (449 (97 (100 (46) 

Construction and land development

   —        (235 (39 (231 (1,758)     —        —      —     —    (235) 

Commercial real estate

   (866    —     (262 (3,184 (422)     (38    —     (194 (866  —    

Residential real estate

   (89    (438 (808 (545 (533)     (26    (107 (182 (89 (438) 

Consumer installment

   (59    (89 (397 (85 (21)     (52    (40 (67 (59 (89) 

 

 

Total charge-offs

   (1,114    (808 (2,020 (4,334 (3,413)     (168    (596 (540 (1,114 (808) 

 

 

Recoveries:

                

Commercial and industrial

   22      71   48   54   34      70     461  29  22  71  

Construction and land development

   17      8   6   46        —        347  1,212  17   

Commercial real estate

   —        119   4   71    —       19     —      —     —    119  

Residential real estate

   313      112   88   134   155      79     115  127  313  112  

Consumer installment

   15      16   19   18   15      33     87  11  15  16  

 

 

Total recoveries

   367      326   165   323   206      201     1,010  1,379  367  326  

 

 

Net charge-offs

   (747    (482 (1,855 (4,011 (3,207)  

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

   33     414  839  (747 (482) 

Provision for loan losses

   200      50   400   3,815   2,450      —        (300 (485 200  50  

 

 

Ending balance

  $4,289      4,836       5,268       6,723       6,919     $4,790     4,757      4,643      4,289      4,836  

 

 

as a % of loans

   1.01   %     1.20   1.37   1.69   1.87      1.00  %    1.05  1.08  1.01  1.20  

as a % of nonperforming loans

   158   %     433   124   64   67      2,691  %    160  196  158  433  

Net charge-offs as % of average loans

   0.18   %     0.12   0.48   1.03   0.86   

Net (recoveries) charge-offs as % of average loans

   (0.01 %    (0.09 (0.19 0.18  0.12  

 

 

Nonperforming assets:

                

Nonaccrual/nonperforming loans

  $2,714      1,117   4,261   10,535   10,354     $178     2,972  2,370  2,714  1,117  

Other real estate owned

   252      534   3,884   4,919   7,898      172     —     152  252  534  

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

  $      2,966      1,651   8,145   15,454   18,252     $      350     2,972  2,522  2,966  1,651  

 

 

as a % of loans and other real estate owned

   0.70   %     0.41   2.10   3.83   4.83      0.07  %    0.66  0.59  0.70  0.41  

as a % total assets

   0.36   %     0.21   1.08   2.03   2.35      0.04  %    0.35  0.30  0.36  0.21  

Nonperforming loans as a % of total loans

   0.64   %     0.28   1.11   2.65   2.80      0.04  %    0.66  0.55  0.64  0.28  

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

  $—        —     73   58    —      $—       —      —      —      —    

 

 

Table 8 - Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 December 31   December 31 
 

 

2015

 2014 2013 2012 2011   

 

2018

     2017     2016     2015     2014 
(Dollars in thousands) 

 

Amount

 %* Amount %* Amount %* Amount %* Amount %*      

 

Amount

 %*    Amount %*    Amount %*    Amount %*    Amount %* 

 

Commercial and industrial

 $ 523   12.3   $ 639   13.5    $ 386   15.1    $ 812   14.9    $ 948   14.8    $ 778  13.3  $   653  13.0  $   540  11.6  $   523  12.3  $   639  13.5  

Construction and land development

  669   10.2    974   9.2     366   9.5     1,545   9.4     1,470   10.7     700  8.4   734  8.7   812  9.7   669  10.2   974  9.2  

Commercial real estate

  1,879   47.8    1,928   47.5     3,186   45.5     3,137   46.1     3,009   43.9     2,218  54.9   2,126  52.7   2,071     51.0   1,879  47.8   1,928  47.5  

Residential real estate

  1,059      27.3    1,119      26.7     1,114      26.5     1,126      26.5     1,363      27.5     946     21.5   1,071     23.5   1,107  25.7   1,059     27.3   1,119     26.7  

Consumer installment

  159   2.4    176   3.1     216   3.4     103   3.1     129   3.1     148  1.9   173  2.1    113  2.0    159  2.4    176  3.1  

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

 $      4,289    $      4,836    $      5,268    $      6,723    $      6,919    $      4,790   $        4,757   $        4,643   $        4,289   $        4,836  

 

 

 

*

Loan balance in each category expressed as a percentage of total loans.

Table 9 - CDs and Other Time Deposits of $100,000 or More

 

(Dollars in thousands)  December 31, 20152018 

 

 

Maturity of:

  

3 months or less

  $9,67021,837   

Over 3 months through 6 months

   9,50110,828   

Over 6 months through 12 months

   34,19039,008   

Over 12 months

   80,81047,357   

 

 

  Total CDs and other time deposits of $100,000 or more (1)

  $134,171119,030   

 

 

(1)includes

Includes brokered certificates of deposit.

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information called for by ITEM 7A is set forth in ITEM 7 under the caption “Market and Liquidity Risk Management” and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

SeeReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. and Supplementary Data contained within this Annual Reportits subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements and schedules (collectively, the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on Form 10-K.criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 12, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Elliott Davis, LLC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

Greenville, South Carolina

March 12, 2019

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

         December 31 
   

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands, except share data)     2018   2017 

Assets:

     

Cash and due from banks

 $   13,043    $12,942  

Federal funds sold

    26,918     41,540  

Interest bearing bank deposits

    25,115     51,046  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

    65,076     105,528  

 

 

Securitiesavailable-for-sale

    239,801     257,697  

Loans held for sale

    383     1,922  

Loans, net of unearned income

    476,908     453,651  

Allowance for loan losses

    (4,790)    (4,757) 

 

 

Loans, net

    472,118     448,894  

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

    13,596     13,791  

Bank-owned life insurance

    18,765     18,330  

Other assets

    8,338     7,219  

 

 

Total assets

 $   818,077    $853,381  

 

 

Liabilities:

     

Deposits:

     

Noninterest-bearing

 $   201,648    $193,917  

Interest-bearing

    522,545     563,742  

 

 

Total deposits

    724,193     757,659  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    2,300     2,658  

Long-term debt

    —       3,217  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    2,529     2,941  

 

 

Total liabilities

    729,022     766,475  

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Preferred stock of $.01 par value; authorized 200,000 shares; issued shares - none

    —       —    

Common stock of $.01 par value; authorized 8,500,000 shares; issued 3,957,135 shares

    39     39  

Additionalpaid-in capital

    3,779     3,771  

Retained earnings

    95,635     90,299  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

    (3,763)    (566) 

Less treasury stock, at cost - 313,267 shares and 313,467 shares at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

    (6,635)    (6,637) 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    89,055     86,906  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 $           818,077    $              853,381  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

     Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)    

 

2018

   2017 

 

 

Interest income:

    

Loans, including fees

  $   21,766    $20,781  

Securities:

          

Taxable

   4,051     4,229  

Tax-exempt

   2,308     2,340  

Federal funds sold and interest bearing bank deposits

   1,121     770  

 

 

Total interest income

   29,246     28,120  

 

 

Interest expense:

    

Deposits

   3,612     3,451  

Short-term borrowings

   18     18  

Long-term debt

   46     125  

 

 

Total interest expense

   3,676     3,594  

 

 

Net interest income

   25,570     24,526  

Provision for loan losses

   —       (300

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

   25,570     24,826  

 

 

Noninterest income:

       

Service charges on deposit accounts

   749     746  

Mortgage lending

   655     777  

Bank-owned life insurance

   435     442  

Other

   1,486     1,425  

Securities gains, net

   —       51  

 

 

Total noninterest income

   3,325     3,441  

 

 

Noninterest expense:

    

Salaries and benefits

   10,653     10,011  

Net occupancy and equipment

   1,465     1,471  

Professional fees

   902     966  

FDIC and other regulatory assessments

   310     346  

Other

   4,544     3,990  

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   17,874     16,784  

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

   11,021     11,483  

Income tax expense

   2,187     3,637  

 

 

Net earnings

  $   8,834    $7,846  

 

 

Net earnings per share:

    

Basic and diluted

  $   2.42    $2.15  

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted

           3,643,780             3,643,616  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     Year ended December 31 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)    2018      2017 

 

 

Net earnings

 $                    8,834  $     7,846 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

     

Unrealized net holding (loss) gain on all other securities

   (3,197)     263 

Reclassification adjustment for net gain on securities recognized in net earnings

   —        (32) 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   (3,197)     231 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 $    5,637  $                   8,077 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

                  Accumulated       
           Additional      other       
   Common Stock   paid-in   Retained  comprehensive  Treasury    
  

 

 

        
(Dollars in thousands, except share data)  

 

Shares

   Amount   capital   earnings  loss  stock  Total 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

   3,957,135   $39    3,767    85,716   (708  (6,637 $82,177 

Net earnings

   —      —      —      7,846   —     —     7,846 

Other comprehensive income

   —      —      —      —     231   —     231 

Reclassification of certain tax effects

   —      —      —      89   (89  —     —   

Cash dividends paid ($0.92 per share)

   —      —      —      (3,352  —     —     (3,352

Sale of treasury stock (145 shares)

   —      —      4    —     —     —     4 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

   3,957,135   $39   $3,771   $90,299  $(566 $(6,637 $86,906 

 

 

Net earnings

   —      —      —      8,834   —     —     8,834 

Other comprehensive loss

   —      —      —      —     (3,197  —     (3,197) 

Cash dividends paid ($0.96 per share)

   —      —      —      (3,498  —     —     (3,498) 

Sale of treasury stock (200 shares)

   —      —      8    —     —     2   10 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

   3,957,135   $39   $3,779   $95,635  $(3,763 $(6,635 $89,055 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

      Year ended December 31 
   

 

 

 
(In thousands)     2018  2017 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net earnings

 $     8,834   $7,846  

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

    —      (300) 

Depreciation and amortization

    938    1,016  

Premium amortization and discount accretion, net

    2,025    2,133  

Deferred tax expense

    71    356  

Net gain on securities available for sale

    —      (51) 

Net gain on sale of loans held for sale

    (311)   (504) 

Net gain on other real estate owned

    —      (5) 

Loans originated for sale

    (27,681)   (29,796) 

Proceeds from sale of loans

    29,323    29,651  

Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

    (435)   (442) 

Net (increase) decrease in other assets

    (221)   592  

Net decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (402)   (1,095) 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $12,141   $9,401  

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Proceeds from sales of securitiesavailable-for-sale

    8,770    10,374  

Proceeds from maturities of securitiesavailable-for-sale

    22,673    32,945  

Purchase of securitiesavailable-for-sale

    (19,841)   (59,160) 

Increase in loans, net

    (24,749)   (22,291) 

Net purchases of premises and equipment

    (240)   (1,618) 

Increase in FHLB stock

    (20)   (13) 

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

    1,353    157  

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   $(12,054)  $(39,606) 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase in noninterest-bearing deposits

    7,731    12,027  

Net (decrease) increase in interest-bearing deposits

    (41,197)   6,489  

Net decrease in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    (358)   (708) 

Repayments or retirement of long-term debt

    (3,217)   —    

Dividends paid

    (3,498)   (3,352) 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   $(40,539)  $14,456  

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   $(40,452 $(15,749

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    105,528    121,277  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $65,076   $105,528  

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

   $3,616   $3,624  

Income taxes

    2,688    3,289  

Supplemental disclosure ofnon-cash transactions:

       

Real estate acquired through foreclosure

   $1,525   $—    

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company whose primary business is conducted by its wholly-owned subsidiary, AuburnBank (the “Bank”). AuburnBank is a commercial bank located in Auburn, Alabama. The Bank provides a full range of banking services in its primary market area, Lee County, which includes the Auburn-Opelika Metropolitan Statistical Area.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Auburn National Bancorporation Capital Trust I was an affiliate of the Company and was included in these consolidated financial statements pursuant to the equity method of accounting. On April 27, 2018, the Trust was dissolved. Significant intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of income and expense during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term include the determination of the allowance for loan losses, fair value measurements, valuation of other real estate owned, and valuation of deferred tax assets.

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2018

In 2018, the Company adopted new guidance related to the following Accounting Standards Update (“Update” or “ASU”):

 

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

ASU 2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with Customers;

Not applicable.

ASU2016-01,Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities;

 

ASU2016-15,Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments; and

ASU2016-18,Restricted Cash.

Information about these pronouncements is described in more detail below.

ASU2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), was developed as a joint project with the International Accounting Standards Board to remove inconsistencies in revenue requirements and provide a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues. The ASU’s core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU2015-14, which deferred the effective date by one year (i.e., interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017). Early adoption was permitted, but not before the original effective date (i.e., interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016). The ASU may be adopted using either a modified retrospective method or a full retrospective method. The Company adopted the ASU during the first quarter of 2018, as required, using a modified retrospective approach. The majority of the Company’s revenue stream is generated from interest income on loans and deposits, which are outside the scope of Topic 606. The Company’s sources of income that fall within the scope of Topic 606 include service charges on deposits, investment services, interchange fees and gains and losses on sales of other real estate, all of which are presented as components of noninterest income. The Company has evaluated the effect of Topic 606 on thesefee-based income streams and concluded that adoption of the standard did not materially impact its financial statements. The following is a summary of the implementation considerations for the revenue streams that fall within the scope of Topic 606:

Service charges on deposits, investment services, ATM and interchange fees – Fees from these services are either transaction-based, for which the performance obligations are satisfied when the individual transaction is processed, or set periodic service charges, for which the performance obligations are satisfied over the period the service is provided. Transaction-based fees are recognized at the time the transaction is processed, and periodic service charges are recognized over the service period. The adoption of Topic 606 had no impact on the Company’s revenue recognition practice for these services.

Gains on sales of other real estate –ASU2014-09 creates Topic610-20, under which a gain on sale should be recognized when a contract for sale exists and control of the asset has been transferred to the buyer. Topic 606 lists several criteria required to conclude that a contract for sale exists, including a determination that the institution will collect substantially all of the consideration to which it is entitled. This presents a key difference between the prior and new guidance related to the recognition of the gain when the institution finances the sale of the property. Rather than basing recognition on the amount of the buyer’s initial investment, which was the primary consideration under prior guidance, the analysis is now based on various factors including not only the loan to value, but also the credit quality of the borrower, the structure of the loan, and any other factors that may affect collectability. While these differences may affect the decision to recognize or defer gains on sales of other real estate in circumstances where the Company has financed the sale, the effects would not be material to its consolidated financial statements.

ASU2016-01,Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, enhances the reporting model for financial instruments to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information. The ASU addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. Some of the amendments include the following: (1) Require equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; (2) Simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment; (3) Require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; (4) Require an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value; among others. For public business entities, the amendments of this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this ASU on January 1, 2018 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In accordance with (3) above, the Company measured the fair value of its loan portfolio as of December 31, 2018 using an exit price notion and will continue to do so going forward. See Note 16, Fair Value.

ASU2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, provides guidance on eight specific cash flow issues where current GAAP is either unclear or does not include specific guidance on classification in the statement of cash flows. The new guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted ASUNo. 2016-15 on January 1, 2018. ASUNo. 2016-15 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

ASU2016-18,Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash, amends guidance on how the statement of cash flows presents the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Under the new guidance, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents are included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling thebeginning-of-period andend-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this Update do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The new guidance is effective for public business entities for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted ASUNo. 2016-18 on January 1, 2018. ASUNo. 2016-18 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in process of collection, amounts due from banks, including interest bearing deposits with other banks, and federal funds sold.

Securities

Securities are classified based on management’s intention at the date of purchase. At December 31, 2018, all of the Company’s securities were classified asavailable-for-sale. Securitiesavailable-for-sale are used as part of the Company’s interest rate risk management strategy, and they may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risks or other factors. All securities classified asavailable-for-sale are recorded at fair value with any unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of the deferred income tax effects. Interest and dividends on securities, including the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized in interest income over the anticipated life of the security using the effective interest method, taking into consideration prepayment assumptions. Realized gains and losses from the sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method.

On a quarterly basis, management makes an assessment to determine whether there have been events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an unrealized loss is other-than-temporarily impaired. For equity securities with an unrealized loss, the Company considers many factors including the severity and duration of the impairment; the intent and ability of the Company to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value; and recent events specific to the issuer or industry. Equity securities on which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than-temporary are written down to fair value with the write-down recorded as a realized loss in securities gains (losses), net.

For debt securities with an unrealized loss, an other-than-temporary impairment write-down is triggered when (1) the Company has the intent to sell a debt security, (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the debt security. If the Company has the intent to sell a debt security or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security before recovery, the other-than-temporary write-down is equal to the entire difference between the debt security’s amortized cost and its fair value. If the Company does not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the other-than-temporary impairment write-down is separated into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings, as a realized loss in securities gains (losses), and is the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes.

Loans held for sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Loan sales are recognized when the transaction closes, the proceeds are collected, and ownership is transferred. Continuing involvement, through the sales agreement, consists of the right to service the loan for a fee for the life of the loan, if applicable. Gains on the sale of loans held for sale are recorded net of related costs, such as commissions, and reflected as a component of mortgage lending income in the consolidated statements of earnings.

In the course of conducting the Bank’s mortgage lending activities of originating mortgage loans and selling those loans in the secondary market, the Bank makes various representations and warranties to the purchaser of the mortgage loans. Every loan closed by the Bank’s mortgage center is run through a government agency automated underwriting system. Any exceptions noted during this process are remedied prior to sale. These representations and warranties also apply to underwriting the real estate appraisal opinion of value for the collateral securing these loans. Failure by the Company to comply with the underwriting and/or appraisal standards could result in the Company being required to repurchase the mortgage loan or to reimburse the investor for losses incurred (make whole requests) if such failure cannot be cured by the Company within the specified period following discovery.

Loans

Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balances, net of any unearned income, charge-offs, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued based on the principal balance outstanding. Loan origination fees, net of certain loan origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income over the contractual life of the loan using the effective interest method. Loan commitment fees are generally deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the commitment period, which results in a recorded amount that approximates fair value.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower and full repayment of principal and interest is not expected or the principal or interest is more than 90 days past due, unless the loan is both well-collateralized and in the process of collection. Generally, all interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status is reversed against current interest income. Interest collections on nonaccrual loans are generally applied as principal reductions. The Company determines past due or delinquency status of a loan based on contractual payment terms.

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Individually identified impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected payments using the loan’s original effective rate as the discount rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value, a valuation allowance may be established as part of the allowance for loan losses. Changes to the valuation allowance are recorded as a component of the provision for loan losses.

Impaired loans also include troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). In the normal course of business, management may grant concessions to borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty. The concessions granted most frequently for TDRs involve reductions or delays in required payments of principal and interest for a specified time, the rescheduling of payments in accordance with a bankruptcy plan or thecharge-off of a portion of the loan. In most cases, the conditions of the credit also warrant nonaccrual status, even after the restructuring occurs. As part of the credit approval process, the restructured loans are evaluated for adequate collateral protection in determining the appropriate accrual status at the time of restructuring. TDR loans may be returned to accrual status if there has been at least asix-month sustained period of repayment performance by the borrower.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management believes is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when they are known. Subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an evaluation of the portfolio, current economic conditions, growth, composition of the loan portfolio, homogeneous pools of loans, risk ratings of specific loans, historical loan loss factors, identified impaired loans and other factors related to the portfolio. This evaluation is performed quarterly and is inherently subjective, as it requires various material estimates that are susceptible to significant change, including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on any impaired loans. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses, and may require the Company to record additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Buildings and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation computed on a straight-line method over the useful lives of the assets or the expected terms of the leases, if shorter. Expected terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (“OREO”) includes properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure that are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of the loan’s carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying value amount or fair value less cost to sell. Gains or losses realized upon sale of OREO and additional losses related to subsequent valuation adjustments are determined on a specific property basis and are included as a component of noninterest expense along with holding costs.

Nonmarketable equity investments

Nonmarketable equity investments include equity securities that are not publicly traded and securities acquired for various purposes. The Bank is required to maintain certain minimum levels of equity investments with certain regulatory and other entities in which the Bank has an ongoing business relationship based on the Bank’s common stock and surplus (with regard to the relationship with the Federal Reserve Bank) or outstanding borrowings (with regard to the relationship with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta). These nonmarketable equity securities are accounted for at cost which equals par or redemption value. These securities do not have a readily determinable fair value as their ownership is restricted and there is no market for these securities. These securities can only be redeemed or sold at their par value and only to the respective issuing government supported institution or to another member institution. The Company records these nonmarketable equity securities as a component of other assets, which are periodically evaluated for impairment. Management considers these nonmarketable equity securities to be long-term investments. Accordingly, when evaluating these securities for impairment, management considers the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of an entire financial asset (i.e. loan sales), a group of entire financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset (i.e. loan participations sold) are accounted for as sales when control over the assets have been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company recognizes as assets the rights to service mortgage loans for others, known as MSRs. The Company determines the fair value of MSRs at the date the loan is transferred. An estimate of the Company’s MSRs is determined using assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income, and late fees.

Subsequent to the date of transfer, the Company has elected to measure its MSRs under the amortization method. Under the amortization method, MSRs are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income. The amortization of MSRs is analyzed monthly and is adjusted to reflect changes in prepayment speeds, as well as other factors. MSRs are evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those assets. Impairment is determined by stratifying MSRs into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate and loan type. If, by individual stratum, the carrying amount of the MSRs exceeds fair value, a valuation allowance is established through a charge to earnings. The valuation allowance is adjusted as the fair value changes. MSRs are included in the other assets category in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Derivative Instruments

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 815,Derivatives and Hedging, all derivative instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at their respective fair values. The accounting for changes in fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and, if so, on the reason for holding it. If the derivative instrument is not designated as part of a hedging relationship, the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is recognized in earnings in the period of change. None of the derivatives utilized by the Company have been designated as a hedge.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature less than one year from the transaction date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reflected as a secured borrowing in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at the amount of cash received in connection with each transaction.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The net deferred tax asset is reflected as a component of other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Income tax expense or benefit for the year is allocated among continuing operations and other comprehensive income (loss), as applicable. The amount allocated to continuing operations is the income tax effect of the pretax income or loss from continuing operations that occurred during the year, plus or minus income tax effects of (1) changes in certain circumstances that cause a change in judgment about the realization of deferred tax assets in future years, (2) changes in income tax laws or rates, and (3) changes in income tax status, subject to certain exceptions. The amount allocated to other comprehensive income (loss) is related solely to changes in the valuation allowance on items that are normally accounted for in other comprehensive income (loss) such as unrealized gains or losses onavailable-for-sale securities.

In accordance with ASC 740,Income Taxes, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries file a consolidated income tax return.

Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820,Fair Value Measurements,which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 applies only to fair-value measurements that are already required or permitted by other accounting standards. The definition of fair value focuses on the exit price, i.e., the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, not the entry price, i.e., the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability at the measurement date. The statement emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement; not an entity-specific measurement. Therefore, the fair value measurement should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. For more information related to fair value measurements, please refer to Note 16, Fair Value.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated the effects of events or transactions through the date of this filing that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2018. The Company does not believe there are any material subsequent events that would require further recognition or disclosure.

ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

EvaluationNOTE 2: BASIC AND DILUTED NET EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic net earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted net earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur upon exercise of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of its principal executive and principal financial officer, conducted an evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this report, of the effectivenesssecurities or other rights for, or convertible into, shares of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, and the results of the audit process described below, the Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Under the direction of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting ascommon stock. As of December 31, 2015 in accordance2018 and 2017, respectively, the Company had no such securities or other rights issued or outstanding, and therefore, no dilutive effect to consider for the diluted net earnings per share calculation.

The basic and diluted net earnings per share computations for the respective years are presented below.

    Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)    2018  2017 

Basic and diluted:

   

Net earnings

 

$

  8,834  $7,846 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

            3,643,780               3,643,616 

Net earnings per share

 $  2.42  $2.15 

 

 

NOTE 3: RESTRICTED CASH BALANCES

Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Act requires that banks maintain reserve balances with the criteria set forth byFederal Reserve Bank based principally on the Committeetype and amount of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that such internal control over financial reporting was effective astheir deposits. As of December 31, 2015.2018 and 2017, the Bank did not have a required reserve balance at the Federal Reserve Bank.

This annual report does not include an attestation reportNOTE 4: SECURITIES

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, all securities within the scope of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestationASC 320,Investments – Debt and Equity Securitieswere classified asavailable-for-sale. The fair value and amortized cost for securitiesavailable-for-sale by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to the final rules of the Securitiescontractual maturity at December 31, 2018 and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only a management’s report in this annual report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the period covered by this report, there has not been any change in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.2017, respectively, are presented below.

 

ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION
  

 

 

 
   1 year    1 to 5   5 to 10   After 10   Fair         Gross Unrealized   Amortized 
            

 

 

   
(Dollars in thousands)  or less    years   years   years   Value           Gains   Losses   Cost 

 

 

December 31, 2018

                

Agency obligations (a)

  $14,437    19,865    16,869    —      51,171    25     1,200    $52,346  

Agency RMBS (a)

   —      —      8,368    110,230    118,598    65     3,738     122,271  

State and political subdivisions

   —      3,682    7,726    58,624    70,032    518     692     70,206  

 

 

Totalavailable-for-sale

  $     14,437    23,547    32,963    168,854    239,801    608     5,630    $244,823  

 

 

December 31, 2017

                

Agency obligations (a)

  $—      29,253    23,809    —      53,062    79     904    $53,887  

Agency RMBS (a)

   —      —      11,201    121,871    133,072    330     1,639    $134,381  

State and political subdivisions

   —      2,564    9,999    59,000    71,563    1,616     237    $70,184  

 

 

Totalavailable-for-sale

  $—      31,817    45,009    180,871    257,697    2,025     2,780    $    258,452  

 

 

None.

(a) Includes securities issued by U.S. government agencies or government sponsored entities.

ReportSecurities with aggregate fair values of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm$133.1 million and $149.4 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.

We have auditedIncluded in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are nonmarketable equity investments. The carrying amounts of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as ofnonmarketable equity investments were $1.4 million at December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively. Nonmarketable equity investments include FHLB of Atlanta stock, Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) stock, and stock in a privately held financial institution.

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value

The fair values and gross unrealized losses on securities at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, segregated by those securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and 12 months or more are presented below.

           Less than 12 Months               12 Months or Longer         Total 
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)    

Fair 

 

Value 

   

Unrealized 

 

Losses 

   

  Fair  

 

  Value  

   

Unrealized 

 

Losses 

   

    Fair    

 

    Value    

   

    Unrealized 

 

    Losses 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018:

             

Agency obligations

 $   4,724     28     44,307    1,172    49,031    $1,200  

Agency RMBS

    12,325     238     99,184    3,500    111,509     3,738  

State and political subdivisions

    14,840     181     14,384    511    29,224     692  

 

 

Total

 $   31,889     447     157,875    5,183    189,764    $5,630  

 

 

December 31, 2017:

             

Agency obligations

 $   14,381     99     20,353   805   34,734    $904  

Agency RMBS

    53,440     363     50,729   1,276   104,169     1,639  

State and political subdivisions

    2,009     22     10,155   215   12,164     237  

 

 

Total

 $       69,830     484     81,237   2,296   151,067    $        2,780  

 

 

For the securities in the previous table, the Company does not have the intent to sell and has determined it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost basis, which may be maturity. On a quarterly basis, the Company assesses each security for credit impairment. For debt securities, the Company evaluates, where necessary, whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the securities’ amortized cost basis.

In determining whether a loss is temporary, the Company considers all relevant information including:

the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

adverse conditions specifically related consolidated statementsto the security, an industry, or a geographic area (for example, changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security, or in the case of an asset-backed debt security, in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors, including changes in technology or the discontinuance of a segment of the business that may affect the future earnings comprehensive income, stockholders’ equitypotential of the issuer or underlying loan obligors of the security or changes in the quality of the credit enhancement);

the historical and cash flows forimplied volatility of the years then ended.fair value of the security;

the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future;

failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency; and

recoveries or additional declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date.

Agency obligations

The unrealized losses associated with agency obligations were primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to the credit quality of the securities. These consolidated financial statementssecurities were issued by U.S. government agencies or government-sponsored entities and did not have any credit losses given the explicit government guarantee or other government support.

Agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”)

The unrealized losses associated with agency RMBS were primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to the credit quality of the securities. These securities were issued by U.S. government agencies or government-sponsored entities and did not have any credit losses given the explicit government guarantee or other government support.

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

The unrealized losses associated with securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions were primarily driven by changes in interest rates and were not due to the credit quality of the securities. Some of these securities are guaranteed by a bond insurer, but management did not rely on the responsibilityguarantee in making its investment decision. These securities will continue to be monitored as part of the Company’s management. Our responsibility isquarterly impairment analysis, but are expected to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance withperform even if the standardsrating agencies reduce the credit rating of the Publicbond insurers. As a result, the Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and performexpects to recover the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are freeentire amortized cost basis of material misstatement. these securities.

The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectivenesscarrying values of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosuresinvestment securities could decline in the future if the financial statements, assessingcondition of an issuer deteriorates and the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluatingCompany determines it is probable that it will not recover the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonableentire amortized cost basis for our opinion.the security. As a result, there is a risk that other-than-temporary impairment charges may occur in the future.

In our opinion,Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Securities

Credit-impaired debt securities are debt securities where the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly,Company has written down the amortized cost basis of a security for other-than-temporary impairment and the credit component of the loss is recognized in all material respects, the financial position of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. and subsidiaries as ofearnings. At December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively, the Company had no credit-impaired debt securities and there were no additions or reductions in the resultscredit loss component of their operations and their cash flows forcredit-impaired debt securities during the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Realized Gains and Losses

The following table presents the gross realized gains and losses on sales related to securities.

 

/s/ Elliott Davis Decosimo, LLC

Memphis, Tennessee

March 10, 2016

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

          December 31 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands, except share data)   2015     2014 

 

 

Assets:

      

Cash and due from banks

 $  9,806       $12,856   

Federal funds sold

   57,395        68,507   

Interest bearing bank deposits

   46,729        2,140   

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   113,930        83,503   

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

   241,687        267,603   

Loans held for sale

   1,540        1,974   

Loans, net of unearned income

   426,410        402,954   

Allowance for loan losses

   (4,289)       (4,836)  

 

 

Loans, net

   422,121        398,118   

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

   11,866        10,807   

Bank-owned life insurance

   17,433        18,004   

Other real estate owned

   252        534   

Other assets

   8,360        8,688   

 

 

Total assets

 $  817,189       $789,231   

 

 

Liabilities:

      

Deposits:

      

Noninterest-bearing

 $  156,817       $130,160   

Interest-bearing

   566,810        563,230   

 

 

Total deposits

   723,627        693,390   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   2,951        4,681   

Long-term debt

   7,217        12,217   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   3,445        3,144   

 

 

Total liabilities

   737,240        713,432   

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Preferred stock of $.01 par value; authorized 200,000 shares; issued shares - none

   —          —     

Common stock of $.01 par value; authorized 8,500,000 shares; issued 3,957,135 shares

   39        39   

Additional paid-in capital

   3,766        3,763   

Retained earnings

   80,845        76,193   

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net

   1,937        2,443   

Less treasury stock, at cost - 313,657 shares and 313,807 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively

   (6,638)       (6,639)  

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   79,949        75,799   

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 $          817,189       $              789,231   

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

    Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)   

 

2015

   2014 

 

 

Interest income:

    

Loans, including fees

 $  20,484     $19,551   

Securities:

    

Taxable

   3,851      4,627   

Tax-exempt

   2,604      2,502   

Federal funds sold and interest bearing bank deposits

   214      137   

 

 

Total interest income

   27,153      26,817   

 

 

Interest expense:

    

Deposits

   4,135      4,927   

Short-term borrowings

   18      19   

Long-term debt

   282      418   

 

 

Total interest expense

   4,435      5,364   

 

 

Net interest income

   22,718      21,453   

Provision for loan losses

   200      50   

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

   22,518      21,403   

 

 

Noninterest income:

    

Service charges on deposit accounts

   823      872   

Mortgage lending

   1,444      1,636   

Bank-owned life insurance

   747      501   

Other

   1,502      1,454   

Securities gains (losses), net:

    

Realized gains (losses), net

   16      (197)  

Total other-than-temporary impairments

   —        (333)  

 

 

Total securities gains (losses), net

   16      (530)  

 

 

Total noninterest income

   4,532      3,933   

 

 

Noninterest expense:

    

Salaries and benefits

   9,293      8,943   

Net occupancy and equipment

   1,547      1,431   

Professional fees

   756      920   

FDIC and other regulatory assessments

   472      465   

Other real estate owned, net

   11      (450)  

Prepayment penalties on long-term debt

   362      —     

Other

   3,931      3,795   

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   16,372      15,104   

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

   10,678      10,232   

Income tax expense

   2,820      2,784   

 

 

Net earnings

 $  7,858     $7,448   

 

 

Net earnings per share:

    

Basic and diluted

 $  2.16     $2.04   

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted

           3,643,428              3,643,278   

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

    Year ended December 31 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)   

 

2015

    2014 

 

 

Net earnings

 $                  7,858   $  7,448  

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

    

Unrealized net holding (loss) gain on all other securities

   (496)     6,660  

Reclassification adjustment for net (gain) loss on securities recognized in net earnings

   (10)     335  

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   (506)     6,995  

 

 

Comprehensive income

 $  7,352   $                14,443  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

              Accumulated       
        Additional     other       
  Common Stock  paid-in  Retained  comprehensive  Treasury    
 

 

 

      
(Dollars in thousands, except share data) 

 

Shares

  Amount      capital  earnings  (loss) income  stock  Total 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

  3,957,135   $39    3,759    71,879    (4,552  (6,640 $      64,485   

Net earnings

  —      —      —      7,448    —      —      7,448   

Other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      6,995    —      6,995   

Cash dividends paid ($0.86 per share)

  —      —      —      (3,134  —      —      (3,134)  

Sale of treasury stock (210 shares)

  —      —      4    —      —      1      

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

  3,957,135   $          39   $      3,763   $      76,193   $        2,443   $(6,639 $75,799   

 

 

Net earnings

  —      —      —      7,858    —      —      7,858   

Other comprehensive loss

  —      —      —      —      (506  —      (506)  

Cash dividends paid ($0.88 per share)

  —      —      —      (3,206  —      —      (3,206)  

Sale of treasury stock (150 shares)

  —      —      3    —      —                    1      

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

  3,957,135   $39   $3,766   $80,845   $1,937   $(6,638 $79,949   

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    Year ended December 31 
  

 

 

 
(In thousands)   2015   2014 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net earnings

 $  7,858     $7,448   

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

   200      50   

Depreciation and amortization

   1,166      780   

Premium amortization and discount accretion, net

   1,549      1,548   

Deferred tax expense

   620      786   

Net (gain) loss on securities available for sale

   (16)     530   

Net gain on sale of loans held for sale

  

 

(1,152)

  

   (1,163)  

Net loss (gain) on other real estate owned

        (458)  

Loss on prepayment of long-term debt

   362      —     

Loans originated for sale

   (63,566)     (57,069)  

Proceeds from sale of loans

   64,623      58,089   

Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

   (471)     (501)  

Income recognized from death benefit on bank-owned life insurance

   (276)     —     

Net increase in other assets

   (350)     (27)  

Net increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities

   304      518   

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 $  10,852     $10,531   

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale

   —        37,132   

Proceeds from maturities of securities available-for-sale

   31,334      53,767   

Purchase of securities available-for-sale

   (7,752)     (78,278)  

Increase in loans, net

   (24,212)     (20,572)  

Net purchases of premises and equipment

   (1,534)     (744)  

Decrease in FHLB stock

   191      235   

Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance death benefit

   1,319      —     

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

   290                  4,480   

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 $  (364)    $(3,980)  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase in noninterest-bearing deposits

   26,657      4,420   

Net increase in interest-bearing deposits

   3,580      20,126   

Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   (1,730)     1,318   

Repayments or retirement of long-term debt

   (5,362)     —     

Dividends paid

   (3,206)     (3,134)  

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 $  19,939     $22,730   

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 $  30,427     $29,281   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   83,503      54,222   

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 $  113,930     $83,503   

 

 

    

    

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

 $  4,528     $5,406   

Income taxes

   2,308      1,413   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:

    

Real estate acquired through foreclosure

 $      $475   

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     Year ended December 31 
   

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)     2018   2017 

Gross realized gains

 $                       —      51  

 

 

Realized gains, net

 $   —      51  

 

 

NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES5: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Nature

     December 31 
   

 

 

 
(In thousands)    2018   2017 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 $   63,467     $59,086  

Construction and land development

    40,222      39,607  

Commercial real estate:

     

Owner occupied

    56,413      44,192  

Multifamily

    40,455      52,167  

Other

    165,028      142,674  

 

 

Total commercial real estate

    261,896      239,033  

Residential real estate:

     

Consumer mortgage

    56,223      59,540  

Investment property

    46,374      47,323  

 

 

Total residential real estate

    102,597      106,863  

Consumer installment

     9,295      9,588  

Total loans

    477,477      454,177  

Less: unearned income

     (569)     (526) 

Loans, net of unearned income

 $               476,908     $            453,651  

 

 

Loans secured by real estate were approximately 84.9% of Business

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company whose primary business is conducted by its wholly-owned subsidiary, AuburnBank (the “Bank”). AuburnBank is a commercial bank locatedthe total loan portfolio at December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2018, the Company’s geographic loan distribution was concentrated primarily in Auburn, Alabama. The Bank provides a full range of banking services in its primary market area, Lee County, Alabama and surrounding areas.

In accordance with ASC 310,Receivables, a portfolio segment is defined as the level at which includes the Auburn-Opelika Metropolitan Statistical Area.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accountsan entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for loan losses. As part of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Auburn National Bancorporation Capital Trust I is an affiliate of the Company and was included in these consolidated financial statements pursuant to the equity method of accounting. Significant intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of income and expense during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term include the determinationCompany’s quarterly assessment of the allowance, forthe loan losses, fair value measurements, valuation of otherportfolio is disaggregated into the following portfolio segments: commercial and industrial, construction and land development, commercial real estate, owned,residential real estate and valuation of deferred tax assets.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts reported inconsumer installment. Where appropriate, the prior period have been reclassified to conform to the current-period presentation. These reclassifications had no impactCompany’s loan portfolio segments are further disaggregated into classes. A class is generally determined based on the Company’s previously reported net earningsinitial measurement attribute, risk characteristics of the loan, and an entity’s method for monitoring and determining credit risk.

The following describe the risk characteristics relevant to each of the portfolio segments.

Commercial and industrial (“C&I”) —includes loans to finance business operations, equipment purchases, or total stockholders’ equity.other needs for small andmedium-sized commercial customers. Also included in this category are loans to finance agricultural production. Generally the primary source of repayment is the cash flow from business operations and activities of the borrower.

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2015Construction and land development (“C&D”) —includes both loans and credit lines for the purpose of purchasing, carrying and developing land into commercial developments or residential subdivisions. Also included are loans and lines for construction of residential, multi-family and commercial buildings. Generally the primary source of repayment is dependent upon the sale or refinance of the real estate collateral.

In the first quarter of 2015, the Company adopted new guidance related to the following Accounting Standards Updates

Commercial real estate (“Updates” or “ASUs”CRE”):includes loans disaggregated into three classes: (1) owner occupied (2) multi-family and (3) other.

 

  ASU 2014-01,

AccountingOwner occupied – includes loans secured by business facilities to finance business operations, equipment and owner-occupied facilities primarily for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects;small andmedium-sized commercial customers. Generally the primary source of repayment is the cash flow from business operations and activities of the borrower, who owns the property.

 

  ASU 2014-04,

ReclassificationMultifamily – primarily includes loans to finance income-producing multi-family properties. Loans in this class include loans for 5 or more unit residential property and apartments leased to residents. Generally, the primary source of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loansrepayment is dependent upon Foreclosure;income generated from the real estate collateral. The underwriting of these loans takes into consideration the occupancy and rental rates, as well as the financial health of the borrower.

 

  ASU 2014-08,

Reporting Discontinued OperationsOther – primarily includes loans to finance income-producing commercial properties. Loans in this class include loans for neighborhood retail centers, hotels, medical and Disclosuresprofessional offices, single retail stores, industrial buildings, and warehouses leased generally to local businesses and residents. Generally the primary source of Disposalsrepayment is dependent upon income generated from the real estate collateral. The underwriting of Componentsthese loans takes into consideration the occupancy and rental rates as well as the financial health of an Entity;the borrower.

Residential real estate (“RRE”) —includes loans disaggregated into two classes: (1) consumer mortgage and (2) investment property.

Consumer mortgage – primarily includes first or second lien mortgages and home equity lines to consumers that are secured by a primary residence or second home. These loans are underwritten in accordance with the Bank’s general loan policies and procedures which require, among other things, proper documentation of each borrower’s financial condition, satisfactory credit history and property value.

 

  ASU 2014-11,

Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures; andInvestment property – primarily includes loans to finance income-producing1-4 family residential properties. Generally the primary source of repayment is dependent upon income generated from leasing the property securing the loan. The underwriting of these loans takes into consideration the rental rates as well as the financial health of the borrower.

Consumer installment —includes loans to individuals both secured by personal property and unsecured. Loans include personal lines of credit, automobile loans, and other retail loans. These loans are underwritten in accordance with the Bank’s general loan policies and procedures which require, among other things, proper documentation of each borrower’s financial condition, satisfactory credit history, and if applicable, property value.

ASU 2014-14,Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.

Information about these pronouncements

The following is described in more detaila summary of current, accruing past due and nonaccrual loans by portfolio class as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

(In thousands)  Current   

Accruing

 

30-89 Days

 

Past Due

   

Accruing

 

Greater than

 

90 days

   

Total  

 

Accruing  

 

Loans  

   

Non-    

 

Accrual    

   

Total        

 

Loans        

 

 

 

December 31, 2018:

            

Commercial and industrial

  $63,367    100    —      63,467    —     $63,467   

Construction and land development

   39,997    225    —      40,222    —      40,222   

Commercial real estate:

            

Owner occupied

   56,413    —      —      56,413    —      56,413   

Multifamily

   40,455    —      —      40,455    —      40,455   

Other

   165,028    —      —      165,028    —      165,028   

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   261,896    —      —      261,896    —      261,896   

Residential real estate:

            

Consumer mortgage

   54,446    1,599    —      56,045    178    56,223   

Investment property

   46,233    141    —      46,374    —      46,374   

 

 

Total residential real estate

   100,679    1,740    —      102,419    178    102,597   

Consumer installment

   9,254    41    —      9,295    —      9,295   

 

 

Total

  $        475,193    2,106    —      477,299    178   $        477,477   

 

 

December 31, 2017:

            

Commercial and industrial

  $59,047    8    —      59,055    31   $59,086   

Construction and land development

   39,607    —      —      39,607    —      39,607   

Commercial real estate:

            

Owner occupied

   44,192    —      —      44,192    —      44,192   

Multifamily

   52,167    —      —      52,167    —      52,167   

Other

   140,486    —      —      140,486    2,188    142,674   

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   236,845    —      —      236,845    2,188    239,033   

Residential real estate:

            

Consumer mortgage

   58,195    746    —      58,941    599    59,540   

Investment property

   46,871    312    —      47,183    140    47,323   

 

 

Total residential real estate

   105,066    1,058    —      106,124    739    106,863   

Consumer installment

   9,517    57    —      9,574    14    9,588   

 

 

Total

  $450,082    1,123    —      451,205    2,972   $454,177   

 

 

The gross interest income which would have been recorded under the original terms of those nonaccrual loans had they been accruing interest, amounted to approximately $12 thousand and $140 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, is presented below.

ASU 2014-01,Accounting

   Year ended December 31 
  

 

 

 
(In thousands)  2018   2017 

 

 

Beginning balance

    $4,757   $4,643  

Charged-off loans

   (168)    (596) 

Recovery of previouslycharged-off loans

   201    1,010  

 

 

Net recoveries

   33    414  

Provision for loan losses

   —      (300) 

 

 

Ending balance

    $              4,790   $              4,757  

 

 

The Company assesses the adequacy of its allowance for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects, amendsloan losses prior to the criteria a company must meet to elect to account for investments in qualified affordable housing projects using a method other than the cost or equity methods. If the criteria are met, a company is permitted to amortize the initial investment cost in proportion to and over the same period as the total tax benefits the company expects to receive.end of each calendar quarter. The amortizationlevel of the initial investment costallowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio, past loan loss experience, current asset quality trends, known and tax benefits are to be recordedinherent risks in the income tax expense line. The Update also requires new disclosures about all investments in qualified affordable housing projects regardless of the accounting method used. These changes were effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2015. Adoption of this ASU did not haveportfolio, adverse situations that may affect a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

ASU 2014-04,Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure, clarifiesborrower’s ability to repay (including the timing of when a creditor is considered to have taken physical possessionfuture payment), the estimated value of residential real estateany underlying collateral, for a consumer mortgage loan, resulting in the reclassificationcomposition of the loan receivableportfolio, economic conditions, industry and peer bank loan loss rates and other pertinent factors, including regulatory recommendations. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to real estate owned. A creditor has taken physical possession of the property when either (1) the creditor obtains legal title through foreclosure, or (2) the borrower transfers all interests in the property to the creditor via a deed in lieu of foreclosure or a similar legal agreement. The Update also requires disclosure of the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in residential real estate mortgagebe received on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change. Loans are charged off, in whole or in part, when management believes that the process of foreclosure. These changes were effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2015. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

ASU 2014-08,Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity, changes the definition and reporting requirements for discontinued operations. Under the new guidance, an entity’s disposal of a component or group of components must be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal is a strategic shift that has or will have a significant effect on the entity’s operations and financial results. Major strategic shifts include disposals of a major geographic area or line of business. This guidance also requires new disclosures on discontinued operations. These changes were effective for the Company in the first quarter 2015. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

ASU 2014-11,Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures, changes current accounting and expands secured borrowing accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and repurchase financings. This guidance requires new disclosures for certain repurchase agreements and similar transactions that identify which items are accounted for as secured borrowings and which items are accounted for as sales. These changes were effective for the Company in the first quarter 2015. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

ASU 2014-14,Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure, clarifies how creditors classify government-guaranteed mortgage loans, including FHA or VA guaranteed loans, upon foreclosure. Some creditors reclassify those loans to real estate consistent with other foreclosed loans that do not have guarantees; others reclassify the loans to other receivables. The amendments in this guidance require that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if the following conditions are met: (1) The loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure; (2) At the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim; and (3) At the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amountfull collectability of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. These changes were effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2015. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in process of collection, amounts due from banks, including interest bearing deposits with other banks, and federal funds sold.

Securities

Securities are classified based on management’s intention at the date of purchase. At December 31, 2015, all of the Company’s securities were classified as available-for-sale. Securities available-for-sale are used as part of the Company’s interest rate risk management strategy, and theyis unlikely. A loan may be sold in responsepartiallycharged-off after a “confirming event” has occurred which serves to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risks or other factors. All securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value with any unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of the deferred income tax effects. Interest and dividends on securities, including the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized in interest income over the anticipated life of the security using the effective interest method, taking into consideration prepayment assumptions. Realized gains and losses from the sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method.

On a quarterly basis, management makes an assessment to determine whether there have been events or economic circumstances to indicatevalidate that a security on which there is an unrealized loss is other-than-temporarily impaired. For equity securities with an unrealized loss, the Company considers many factors including the severity and duration of the impairment; the intent and ability of the Company to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value; and recent events specificfull repayment pursuant to the issuer or industry. Equity securities on which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than-temporary are written down to fair value with the write-down recorded as a realized loss in securities gains (losses), net.

For debt securities with an unrealized loss, an other-than-temporary impairment write-down is triggered when (1) the Company has the intent to sell a debt security, (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the debt security. If the Company has the intent to sell a debt security or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security before recovery, the other-than-temporary write-down is equal to the entire difference between the debt security’s amortized cost and its fair value. If the Company does not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the other-than-temporary impairment write-down is separated into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings, as a realized loss in securities gains (losses), and is the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes.

Loans held for sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Loan sales are recognized when the transaction closes, the proceeds are collected, and ownership is transferred. Continuing involvement, through the sales agreement, consists of the right to service the loan for a fee for the lifeterms of the loan if applicable. Gains on the sale ofis unlikely.

The Company deems loans held for sale are recorded net of related costs, such as commissions, and reflected as a component of mortgage lending income in the consolidated statements of earnings.

In the course of conducting the Bank’s mortgage lending activities of originating mortgage loans and selling those loans in the secondary market, the Bank makes various representations and warranties to the purchaser of the mortgage loans. Every loan closed by the Bank’s mortgage center is run through a government agency automated underwriting system. Any exceptions noted during this process are remedied prior to sale. These representations and warranties also apply to underwriting the real estate appraisal opinion of value for the collateral securing these loans. Failure by the Company to comply with the underwriting and/or appraisal standards could result in the Company being required to repurchase the mortgage loan or to reimburse the investor for losses incurred (make whole requests) if such failure cannot be cured by the Company within the specified period following discovery.

Loans

Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balances, net of any unearned income, charge-offs, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accruedimpaired when, based on the principal balance outstanding. Loan origination fees, net of certain loan origination costs, are deferredcurrent information and recognized in interest income over the contractual life of the loan using the effective interest method. Loan commitment fees are generally deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the commitment period, which results in a recorded amount that approximates fair value.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when there is a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower and full repayment of principal and interest is not expected or the principal or interest is more than 90 days past due, unless the loan is both well-collateralized and in the process of collection. Generally, all interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status is reversed against current interest income. Interest collections on nonaccrual loans are generally applied as principal reductions. The Company determines past due or delinquency status of a loan based on contractual payment terms.

A loan is considered impaired whenevents, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all principal and interest paymentsamounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Individually identifiedCollection of all amounts due according to the contractual terms means that both the interest and principal payments of a loan will be collected as scheduled in the loan agreement.

An impairment allowance is recognized if the fair value of the loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan. The impairment is recognized through the allowance. Loans that are impaired loans are measured based onrecorded at the present value of expected payments usingfuture cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, asor if the discount rate, the loan’s observable market price, orloan is collateral dependent, impairment measurement is based on the fair value of the collateral, ifless estimated disposal costs.

The level of allowance maintained is believed by management to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries of amounts previouslycharged-off.

In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, the Company also considers the results of its ongoing internal, independent loan review process. The Company’s loan review process assists in determining whether there are loans in the portfolio whose credit quality has weakened over time and evaluating the risk characteristics of the entire loan portfolio. The Company’s loan review process includes the judgment of management, the input from our independent loan reviewers, and reviews that may have been conducted by bank regulatory agencies as part of their examination process. The Company incorporates loan review results in the determination of whether or not it is probable that it will be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of a loan.

As part of the Company’s quarterly assessment of the allowance, management divides the loan is collateral dependent. If the recorded investment in the impairedportfolio into five segments: commercial and industrial, construction and land development, commercial real estate, residential real estate, and consumer installment loans. The Company analyzes each segment and estimates an allowance allocation for each loan exceeds the measure of fair value, a valuation allowance may be established as partsegment.

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses begins with a process of estimating the probable losses inherent for these types of loans. The estimates for these loans are established by category and based on the Company’s internal system of credit risk ratings and historical loss data. The estimated loan loss allocation rate for the Company’s internal system of credit risk grades is based on its experience with similarly graded loans. For loan segments where the Company believes it does not have sufficient historical loss data, the Company may make adjustments based, in part, on loss rates of peer bank groups. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, and for the years then ended, the Company adjusted its historical loss rates for the commercial real estate portfolio segment based, in part, on loss rates of peer bank groups.

The estimated loan loss allocation for all five loan portfolio segments is then adjusted for management’s estimate of probable losses for several “qualitative and environmental” factors. The allocation for qualitative and environmental factors is particularly subjective and does not lend itself to exact mathematical calculation. This amount represents estimated probable inherent credit losses which exist, but have not yet been identified, as of the balance sheet date, and are based upon quarterly trend assessments in delinquent and nonaccrual loans, credit concentration changes, prevailing economic conditions, changes in lending personnel experience, changes in lending policies or procedures and other influencing factors. These qualitative and environmental factors are considered for each of the five loan segments and the allowance allocation, as determined by the processes noted above, is increased or decreased based on the incremental assessment of these factors.

The Company regularlyre-evaluates its practices in determining the allowance for loan losses. ChangesSince the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company has increased its look-back period each quarter to incorporate the effects of at least one economic downturn in its loss history. The Company believes the extension of its look-back period is appropriate due to the valuationrisks inherent in the loan portfolio. Absent this extension, the early cycle periods in which the Company experienced significant losses would be excluded from the determination of the allowance are recorded as a componentfor loan losses and its balance would decrease. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company increased its look-back period to 39 quarters to continue to include losses incurred by the Company beginning with the first quarter of 2009. The Company will likely continue to increase its look-back period to incorporate the effects of at least one economic downturn in its loss history. Other than expanding the look-back period each quarter, the Company has not made any material changes to its methodology that would impact the calculation of the allowance for loan losses or provision for loan losses.

losses for the periods included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and statements of earnings.

The following table details the changes in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

(in thousands)  

 Commercial

 and industrial

   

Construction

and land

Development

  

Commercial

Real Estate

  

Residential 

Real Estate 

  

Consumer

Installment

  Total 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

  $540     812   2,071   1,107   113  $4,643  

Charge-offs

   (449)    —     —     (107  (40  (596) 

Recoveries

   461     347   —     115   87   1,010  

 

 

Net recoveries

   12     347   —     8   47   414  

Provision

   101     (425  55   (44  13   (300) 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

  $653     734   2,126   1,071   173  $4,757  

 

 

Charge-offs

   (52)    —     (38  (26  (52  (168) 

Recoveries

   70     —     19   79   33   201  

 

 

Net recoveries

   18     —     (19  53   (19  33  

Provision

   107     (34  111   (178  (6  —    

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

  $            778     700   2,218   946   148  $        4,790  

 

 

The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and impairment methodology as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

     Collectively evaluated (1)   Individually evaluated (2)   Total 
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Allowance   Recorded         Allowance       Recorded         Allowance       Recorded     
     for loan   investment     for loan   investment     for loan   investment     
(In thousands)    losses   in loans     losses   in loans     losses   in loans     

 

 

December 31, 2018:

             

Commercial and industrial

 $   778    63,467    —       —      778    63,467  

Construction and land development

    700    40,222    —       —      700    40,222  

Commercial real estate

    2,218    261,739    —       157    2,218    261,896  

Residential real estate

    946    102,597    —       —      946    102,597  

Consumer installment

    148    9,295    —       —      148    9,295  

 

 

Total

 $             4,790    477,320    —       157    4,790    477,477  

 

 

December 31, 2017:

             

Commercial and industrial

 $   622    59,055    31     31    653    59,086  

Construction and land development

    734    39,607    —       —      734    39,607  

Commercial real estate

    2,115    236,322    11     2,711    2,126    239,033  

Residential real estate

    1,071    106,863    —       —      1,071    106,863  

Consumer installment

    173    9,588    —       —      173    9,588  

 

 

Total

 $   4,715    451,435    42     2,742    4,757    454,177  

 

 

(1)

Represents loans collectively evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC450-20,Loss Contingencies (formerly FAS 5), and pursuant to amendments by ASU2010-20 regarding allowance for unimpaired loans.

(2)

Represents loans individually evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC310-30,Receivables(formerly FAS 114), and pursuant to amendments by ASU2010-20 regarding allowance for impaired loans.

Credit Quality Indicators

The credit quality of the loan portfolio is summarized no less frequently than quarterly using categories similar to the standard asset classification system used by the federal banking agencies. The following table presents credit quality indicators for the loan portfolio segments and classes. These categories are utilized to develop the associated allowance for loan losses using historical losses adjusted for qualitative and environmental factors and are defined as follows:

Pass – loans which are well protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor (or guarantors, if any) or by the fair value, less cost to acquire and sell, of any underlying collateral.

Special Mention – loans with potential weakness that may, if not reversed or corrected, weaken the credit or inadequately protect the Company’s position at some future date. These loans are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant an adverse classification.

Substandard Accruing – loans that exhibit a well-defined weakness which presently jeopardizes debt repayment, even though they are currently performing. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company may incur a loss in the future if these weaknesses are not corrected.

Nonaccrual – includes loans where management has determined that full payment of principal and interest is in doubt.

(In thousands)  Pass  Special
Mention
  Substandard
Accruing
  Nonaccrual  Total loans 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

        

Commercial and industrial

  $61,568    1,377    522    —     $63,467  

Construction and land development

   39,481    —      741    —      40,222  

Commercial real estate:

          

Owner occupied

   55,942    154    317    —      56,413  

Multifamily

   40,455    —      —      —      40,455  

Other

   163,449    1,208    371    —      165,028  

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   259,846    1,362    688    —      261,896  

Residential real estate:

          

Consumer mortgage

   50,903    1,374    3,768    178    56,223  

Investment property

   45,463    173    738    —      46,374  

 

 

Total residential real estate

   96,366    1,547    4,506    178    102,597  

Consumer installment

   9,149    75    71    —      9,295  

 

 

Total

  $466,410    4,361    6,528    178   $477,477  

 

 

December 31, 2017

          

Commercial and industrial

  $58,842    94    119    31   $59,086  

Construction and land development

   39,049    90    468    —      39,607  

Commercial real estate:

          

Owner occupied

   43,615    240    337    —      44,192  

Multifamily

   52,167    —      —      —      52,167  

Other

   139,695    395    396    2,188    142,674  

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   235,477    635    733    2,188    239,033  

Residential real estate:

          

Consumer mortgage

   54,101    1,254    3,586    599    59,540  

Investment property

   46,463    53    667    140    47,323  

 

 

Total residential real estate

   100,564    1,307    4,253    739    106,863  

Consumer installment

   9,430    66    78    14    9,588  

 

 

Total

  $     443,362    2,192    5,651    2,972   $        454,177  

 

 

Impaired loans

The following table presents details related to the Company’s impaired loans. Loans which have been fullycharged-off do not appear in the following table. The related allowance generally represents the following components which correspond to impaired loans:

Individually evaluated impaired loans equal to or greater than $500 thousand secured by real estate (nonaccrual construction and land development, commercial real estate, and residential real estate).

Individually evaluated impaired loans equal to or greater than $250 thousand not secured by real estate (nonaccrual commercial and industrial and consumer loans).

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s impaired loans that were individually evaluated for impairment at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

    December 31, 2018 
(In thousands)   

Unpaid

principal

balance (1)

  

      Charge-offs

      and payments

      applied (2)

  

      Recorded

      investment (3)

    

Related

allowance

 

 

   

 

 

 

With no allowance recorded:

 

Commercial real estate:

      

Owner occupied

 $  157    —      157    

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   157    —      157    

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

 $                  157    —      157   $              —   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

Unpaid principal balance represents the contractual obligation due from the customer.

(2)

Charge-offs and payments applied represents cumulative charge-offs taken, as well as interest payments that have been applied against the outstanding principal balance.

(3)

Recorded investment represents the unpaid principal balance less charge-offs and payments applied; it is shown before any related allowance for loan losses.

    December 31, 2017 
(In thousands)   

Unpaid

principal

            balance (1)

  

Charge-offs

      and payments

applied (2)

  

Recorded

      investment (3)

    Related
      allowance
 

 

   

 

 

 

With no allowance recorded:

 

Commercial real estate:

      

Other

 $  3,630    (1,094  2,536    

 

   

Total commercial real estate

   3,630    (1,094  2,536    

 

   

Total

 $  3,630    (1,094  2,536    

 

   

With allowance recorded:

 

Commercial and industrial

 $  52    (21  31   $  31  

Commercial real estate:

      

Owner occupied

   175    —     175     11  

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   175    —     175     11  

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $  227    (21  206   $  42  

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

 $  3,857    (1,115  2,742   $  42  

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

Unpaid principal balance represents the contractual obligation due from the customer.

(2)

Charge-offs and payments applied represents cumulative charge-offs taken, as well as interest payments that have been applied against the outstanding principal balance.

(3)

Recorded investment represents the unpaid principal balance less charge-offs and payments applied; it is shown before any related allowance for loan losses.

The following table provides the average recorded investment in impaired loans and the amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans after impairment by portfolio segment and class.

   Year ended December 31, 2018   Year ended December 31, 2017 
        Average   Total interest            Average   Total interest     
        recorded   income            recorded   income     
(In thousands)       investment   recognized            investment   recognized     

 

 

Impaired loans:

 

Commercial and industrial

    $9    —        $50    —    

Construction and land development

   —      —       11    —    

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner occupied

   166        184    10  

Other

   1,145    —       2,096     

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   1,311        2,280    11  

 

 

Total

    $            1,320         $            2,341    11  

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Impaired loans also include troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). In the normal course of business, management may grant concessions to borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty. The concessions granted most frequently for TDRs involve reductions orA concession may include, but is not limited to, delays in required payments of principal and interest for a specified time, the rescheduling of payments in accordance with a bankruptcy plan or the charge-off of a portionperiod, reduction of the loan. In most cases, the conditionsstated interest rate of the credit also warrant nonaccrual status, even afterloan, reduction of accrued interest, extension of the maturity date or reduction of the face amount or maturity amount of the debt. A concession has been granted when, as a result of the restructuring, occurs. As part of the credit approval process,Bank does not expect to collect all amounts due, including interest at the original stated rate. A concession may have also been granted if the debtor is not able to access funds elsewhere at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics as the restructured loans are evaluated for adequate collateral protection indebt. In determining whether a loan modification is a TDR, the Company considers the individual facts and circumstances surrounding each modification. In determining the appropriate accrual status at the time of restructuring. TDR loans may be returned to accrual status if there has been at least a six-month sustained period of repayment performance by the borrower.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management believes is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when they are known. Subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an evaluation of the portfolio, current economic conditions, growth, composition of the loan portfolio, homogeneous pools of loans, risk ratings of specific loans, historical loan loss factors, identified impaired loans and other factors related to the portfolio. This evaluation is performed quarterly and is inherently subjective, as it requires various material estimates that are susceptible to significant change, including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on any impaired loans. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses, and may require the Company to record additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Buildings and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation computed on a straight-line method over the useful lives of the assets or the expected terms of the leases, if shorter. Expected terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (“OREO”) includes properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure that are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of the loan’s carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying value amount or fair value less cost to sell. Gains or losses realized upon sale of OREO and additional losses related to subsequent valuation adjustments are determined on a specific property basis and are included as a component of noninterest expense along with holding costs.

Nonmarketable equity investments

Nonmarketable equity investments include equity securities that are not publicly traded and securities acquired for various purposes. The Bank is required to maintain certain minimum levels of equity investments with certain regulatory and other entities in which the Bank has an ongoing business relationship based on the Bank’s common stock and surplus (with regard to the relationship with the Federal Reserve Bank) or outstanding borrowings (with regard to the relationship with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta). These securities are accounted for under the cost method and are included in other assets. For cost-method investments, on a quarterly basis,restructure, the Company evaluates whether an eventa restructured loan has adequate collateral protection, among other factors.    

Similar to other impaired loans, TDRs are measured for impairment based on the present value of expected payments using the loan’s original effective interest rate as the discount rate, or change in circumstances has occurred during the reporting period that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. If the Company determines that a decline in value is other-than-temporary, the Company will recognize the estimated loss in securities gains (losses), net.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of an entire financial asset (i.e. loan sales), a group of entire financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset (i.e. loan participations sold) are accounted for as sales when control over the assets have been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company recognizes as assets the rights to service mortgage loans for others, known as MSRs. The Company determines the fair value of MSRs at the datecollateral, less selling costs if the loan is transferred. An estimatecollateral dependent. If the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the measure of the Company’s MSRs is determined using assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income, and late fees.

Subsequent to the date of transfer, the Company has elected to measure its MSRs under the amortization method. Under the amortization method, MSRs are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income. The amortization of MSRs is analyzed monthly and is adjusted to reflect changes in prepayment speeds, as well as other factors. MSRs are evaluated for impairment based on the fair value, of those assets. Impairmentimpairment is determinedrecognized by stratifying MSRs into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate and loan type. If, by individual stratum, the carrying amount of the MSRs exceeds fair value,establishing a valuation allowance is established through a charge to earnings. The valuation allowance is adjusted as the fair value changes. MSRs are included in the other assets category in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Derivative Instruments

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 815,Derivatives and Hedging, all derivative instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at their respective fair values.

The accounting for changes in fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of the allowance for loan losses or acharge-off to the allowance for loan losses. In periods subsequent to the modification, all TDRs are evaluated individually, including those that have payment defaults, for possible impairment.

The following is a hedging relationshipsummary of accruing and if so, onnonaccrual TDRs and the reason for holding it. Ifrelated loan losses, by portfolio segment and class.

     TDRs 
(In thousands)                Accruing              Nonaccrual  Total      

Related

 

Allowance

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

        

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner occupied

 $   157   —      157        $  —    

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

    157   —      157      —    

 

    

 

 

 

Total

 $   157   —      157    $  —    

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

        

Commercial and industrial

 $   —     31     31    $  31  

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner occupied

    175   —      175      11  

Other

    287   1,431     1,718           —    

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

    462   1,431     1,893      11  

 

    

 

 

 

Total

 $   462   1,462             1,924    $                  42  

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, there were no significant outstanding commitments to advance additional funds to customers whose loans had been restructured.

The following table summarizes loans modified in a TDR during the derivative instrument is not designated as part of a hedging relationship, the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is recognized in earnings in the period of change. Nonerespective years both before and after modification.

($ in thousands)  

Number of     

contracts     

      

Pre-    

modification    

outstanding    

recorded    

investment    

   

Post-    

modification    

outstanding    

recorded    

investment    

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

       

Commercial real estate:

       

Other

   2       $    1,447    1,447  

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   2     1,447    1,447  

 

 

Total

   2       $    1,447    1,447  

 

 

December 31, 2017

       

Commercial and industrial

   1       $    34    34  

Commercial real estate:

       

Other

   1       $    1,275    1,266  

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   1     1,275    1,266  

 

 

Total

   2       $    1,309    1,300  

 

 

The majority of the derivatives utilizedloans modified in a TDR during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, included delays in required payments of principal and/or interest or where the only concession granted by the Company have been designated as a hedge.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature less than one year fromwas that the transaction date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reflected as a secured borrowing in the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsinterest rate at the amount of cash received in connection with each transaction.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expectedrenewal was not considered to be realized. a market rate.    

The net deferred tax asset is reflectedfollowing table summarizes the recorded investment in loans modified in a TDR within the previous twelve months for which there was a payment default (defined as a component of other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Income tax expense90 days or benefit for the year is allocated among continuing operations and other comprehensive income (loss), as applicable. The amount allocated to continuing operations is the income tax effect of the pretax income or loss from continuing operations that occurredmore past due) during the year plus or minus income tax effects of (1) changes in certain circumstances that cause a change in judgment about the realization of deferred tax assets in future years, (2) changes in income tax laws or rates, and (3) changes in income tax status, subject to certain exceptions. The amount allocated to other comprehensive income (loss) is related solely to changes in the valuation allowance on items that are normally accounted for in other comprehensive income (loss) such as unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities.

In accordance with ASC 740,Income Taxes, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries file a consolidated income tax return.

Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820,Fair Value Measurements,which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 applies only to fair-value measurements that are already required or permitted by other accounting standards. The definition of fair value focuses on the exit price, i.e., the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, not the entry price, i.e., the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability at the measurement date. The statement emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement; not an entity-specific measurement. Therefore, the fair value measurement should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. For more information related to fair value measurements, please refer to Note 17, Fair Value.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated the effects of events or transactions through the date of this filing that have occurred subsequent toended December 31, 2015. The Company does not believe there are any material subsequent events that would require further recognition or disclosure.

NOTE 2: BASIC AND DILUTED NET EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic net earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings by2018. During the weighted average common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted net earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur upon exercise of securities or other rights for, or convertible into, shares of the Company’s common stock. As ofyear ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively,2017, the Company had no such securities or other rights issued or outstanding,loans modified in a TDR within the previous 12 months for which there was a payment default.

($ in thousands)  

Number of     

Contracts     

    

Recorded    

investment (1)    

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

    

Commercial real estate:

    

Other

   1  $  1,259  

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   1    1,259  

 

 

Total

   1  $  1,259  

 

 

(1)

Amount as of applicable month end during the respective year for which there was a payment default.

NOTE 6: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and therefore, no dilutive effect to consider for the diluted net earnings per share calculation.

The basicequipment at December 31, 2018 and diluted net earnings per share computations for the respective years are2017 is presented below.

 

    Year ended December 31 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)   2015     2014 

 

 

Basic and diluted:

      

Net earnings

 $  7,858      $7,448  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

           3,643,428                   3,643,278  

 

 

Net earnings per share

 $  2.16      $2.04  

 

 
  

December 31

 
(Dollars in thousands)                           2018                               2017 

 

 

Land

 $  7,473    7,473 

Buildings and improvements

   10,438    10,394 

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

   3,357    3,161 

 

 

Total premises and equipment

   21,268    21,028 

Less: accumulated depreciation

   (7,672)    (7,237) 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 $  13,596    13,791 

 

 

NOTE 3: VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

Generally, a variable interest entity (“VIE”)Depreciation expense was approximately $435 thousand and $428 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and is a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal structure that does not have equity investors with substantive or proportional voting rights or has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities.

At December 31, 2015, the Company did not have any consolidated VIEs to disclose but did have one nonconsolidated VIE, discussed below.

Trust Preferred Securities

The Company owns the common stockcomponent of a subsidiary business trust, Auburn National Bancorporation Capital Trust I, which issued mandatorily redeemable preferred capital securities (“trust preferred securities”)net occupancy and equipment expense in the aggregateconsolidated statements of approximately $7.0 million at the time of issuance. This trust meets the definition of a VIE of which the Company is not the primary beneficiary; the trust’s only assets are junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company, which were acquired by the trust using the proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities and common stock. The junior subordinated debentures of approximately $7.2 million are included in long-term debt and the Company’s equity interest of $0.2 million in the business trust is included in other assets. Interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures is included in interest expense on long-term debt.earnings.

The following table summarizes VIEs that are not consolidated by the Company as of December 31, 2015.

(Dollars in thousands)

Maximum  

Loss  

Exposure  

      Liability    

      Recognized    

Classification          

Type:

Trust preferred issuances

N/A$    7,217        Long-term debt     

NOTE 4: RESTRICTED CASH BALANCES7: MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS, NET

Regulation DMSRs are recognized based on the fair value of the Federal Reserve Act requires that banks maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank based principallyservicing rights on the typedate the corresponding mortgage loans are sold. An estimate of the Company’s MSRs is determined using assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income, and amountlate fees. Subsequent to the date of their deposits. Astransfer, the Company has elected to measure its MSRs under the amortization method. Under the amortization method, MSRs are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, December 31, 2015estimated net servicing income. Servicing fee income is recorded net of related amortization expense and 2014, the Bank did not have a required reserve balance at the Federal Reserve Bank.recognized in earnings as part of mortgage lending income.

NOTE 5: SECURITIES

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, all securities within the scope of ASC 320,Investments – Debt and Equity Securitieswere classified as available-for-sale. The fair value and amortized cost for securities available-for-sale by contractual maturity at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively,Company has recorded MSRs related to loans sold without recourse to Fannie Mae. The Company generally sells conforming, fixed-rate,closed-end, residential mortgages to Fannie Mae. MSRs are presented below.

  

 

 

 
   1 year    1 to 5   5 to 10   After 10   Fair         Gross Unrealized   Amortized 
            

 

 

   
(Dollars in thousands)  or less    years   years   years   Value           Gains   Losses   Cost 

 

 

December 31, 2015

                

Agency obligations (a)

  $     5,000     25,852     19,463     9,770     60,085     384      518     $60,219   

Agency RMBS (a)

        1,623     13,511     95,820     110,954     968      780      110,766   

State and political subdivisions

        497     12,094     58,057     70,648     3,022           67,633   

 

 

Total available-for-sale

  $5,000     27,972     45,068     163,647     241,687     4,374      1,305     $238,618   

 

 

December 31, 2014

                

Agency obligations (a)

  $     30,947     14,869     14,433     60,249     375      830     $60,704   

Agency RMBS (a)

        —       14,523     120,520     135,043     1,597      616     $134,062   

State and political subdivisions

        502     15,520     56,289     72,311     3,379      34     $68,966   

 

 

Total available-for-sale

  $     31,449     44,912     191,242     267,603     5,351      1,480     $    263,732   

 

 

(a) Includes securities issued by U.S. government agencies or government sponsored entities.

Securities with aggregate fair values of $133.3 million and $132.2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

Includedincluded in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are cost-method investments. sheets.

The carrying amounts of cost-method investments were $1.4 and $1.6 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Cost-method investments primarily include non-marketable equity investments,Company evaluates MSRs for impairment on a quarterly basis. Impairment is determined by stratifying MSRs into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as FHLB of Atlanta stockinterest rate and Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) stock.

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value

The fair values and gross unrealized losses on securities at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, segregatedloan type. If, by those securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and 12 months or more are presented below.

           Less than 12 Months               12 Months or Longer         Total 
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)    

Fair 

 

Value 

   

Unrealized 

 

Losses 

   

  Fair  

 

  Value  

   

Unrealized 

 

Losses 

   

    Fair    

 

    Value    

   

    Unrealized 

 

    Losses 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015:

             

Agency obligations

 $   8,157           24,444      516      32,601     $518   

Agency RMBS

    42,345      367      18,184      413      60,529      780   

State and political subdivisions

    267           969           1,236        

 

 

Total

 $       50,769      370      43,597      935      94,366     $    1,305   

 

 

December 31, 2014:

             

Agency obligations

 $   —         —         24,126     830     24,126    $830  

Agency RMBS

    9,078     22     42,744     594     51,822     616  

State and political subdivisions

    4,257     34     —         —         4,257     34  

 

 

Total

 $   13,335     56     66,870     1,424     80,205    $        1,480  

 

 

Forindividual stratum, the securities in the previous table, the Company does not have the intent to sell and has determined it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recoverycarrying amount of the amortized cost basis, which may be maturity.MSRs exceeds fair value, a valuation allowance is established. The Company assesses each security for credit impairment. For debt securities, the Company evaluates, where necessary, whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the securities’ amortized cost basis. For cost-method investments, the Company evaluates whether an event or change in circumstances has occurred during the reporting period that may have a significant adverse effect onvaluation allowance is adjusted as the fair value of the investment.

In determining whether a loss is temporary, the Company considers all relevant information including:

the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area (for example, changeschanges. Changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security, orvaluation allowance are recognized in the case of an asset-backed debt security, in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors, including changes in technology or the discontinuance ofearnings as a segment of the business that may affect the future earnings potential of the issuer or underlying loan obligors of the security or changes in the quality of the credit enhancement);

the historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;

the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future;

failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency; and

recoveries or additional declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date.

Agency obligations

The unrealized losses associated with agency obligations were primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to the credit quality of the securities. These securities were issued by U.S. government agencies or government-sponsored entities and did not have any credit losses given the explicit government guarantee or other government support.

Agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”)

The unrealized losses associated with agency RMBS were primarily driven by changes in interest rates and not due to the credit quality of the securities. These securities were issued by U.S. government agencies or government-sponsored entities and did not have any credit losses given the explicit government guarantee or other government support.

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

The unrealized losses associated with securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions were primarily driven by changes in interest rates and were not due to the credit quality of the securities. Some of these securities are guaranteed by a bond insurer, but management did not rely on the guarantee in making its investment decision. These securities will continue to be monitored as part of the Company’s quarterly impairment analysis, but are expected to perform even if the rating agencies reduce the credit rating of the bond insurers. As a result, the Company expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

Cost-method investments

At December 31, 2015, cost-method investments with an aggregate cost of $1.4 million were not evaluated for impairment because the Company did not identify any events or changes in circumstances that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of these cost-method investments.

The carrying values of the Company’s investment securities could decline in the future if the financial condition of an issuer deteriorates and the Company determines it is probable that it will not recover the entire amortized cost basis for the security. As a result, there is a risk that significant other-than-temporary impairment charges may occur in the future.

Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Securities

Credit-impaired debt securities are debt securities where the Company has written down the amortized cost basis of a security for other-than-temporary impairment and the credit component of the loss is recognized in earnings. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, the Company had no credit-impaired debt securities and there were no additions or reductions in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

The following table presents details of the other-than-temporary impairment related to securities.

    Year ended December 31 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)   2015   2014 

 

 

Other-than-temporary impairment charges (included in earnings):

    

Debt securities:

    

Agency RMBS

 $                  —                             333    

 

 

Total debt securities

 $  —         333    

 

 

Total other-than-temporary impairment charges (included in earnings)

 $  —         333    

 

 

Other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities:

    

Recorded as part of gross realized losses:

    

Securities with intent to sell

 $  —         333    

 

 

Total other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities

 $  —         333    

 

 

Realized Gains and Losses

The following table presents the gross realized gains and losses on sales and other-than-temporary impairment charges

related to securities.

    Year ended December 31 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)   2015   2014 

 

 

Gross realized gains

 $  16                           467   

Gross realized losses

                 —         (664)  

 

 

Realized gains (losses), net

 $  16       (197)  

 

 

NOTE 6: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

    December 31 
  

 

 

 
(In thousands)   2015   2014 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 $  52,479      $54,329   

Construction and land development

   43,694       37,298   

Commercial real estate:

    

Owner occupied

   46,602       52,296   

Other

   157,251       139,710   

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   203,853       192,006   

Residential real estate:

    

Consumer mortgage

   70,009       66,489   

Investment property

   46,664       41,152   

 

 

Total residential real estate

   116,673       107,641   

Consumer installment

   10,220       12,335   

 

 

Total loans

   426,919       403,609   

Less: unearned income

   (509)      (655)  

 

 

Loans, net of unearned income

 $              426,410      $            402,954   

 

 

Loans secured by real estate were approximately 85.3% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s geographic loan distribution was concentrated primarily in Lee County, Alabama and surrounding areas.

In accordance with ASC 310,Receivables, a portfolio segment is defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for loan losses. As part of the Company’s quarterly assessment of the allowance, the loan portfolio is disaggregated into the following portfolio segments: commercial and industrial, construction and land development, commercial real estate, residential real estate and consumer installment. Where appropriate, the Company’s loan portfolio segments are further disaggregated into classes. A class is generally determined based on the initial measurement attribute, risk characteristics of the loan, and an entity’s method for monitoring and determining credit risk.

The following describe the risk characteristics relevant to each of the portfolio segments.

Commercial and industrial (“C&I”) —includes loans to finance business operations, equipment purchases, or other needs for small and medium-sized commercial customers. Also included in this category are loans to finance agricultural production. Generally the primary source of repayment is the cash flow from business operations and activities of the borrower.

Construction and land development (“C&D”) —includes both loans and credit lines for the purpose of purchasing, carrying and developing land into commercial developments or residential subdivisions. Also included are loans and lines for construction of residential, multi-family and commercial buildings. Generally the primary source of repayment is dependent upon the sale or refinance of the real estate collateral.

Commercial real estate (“CRE”) —includes loans disaggregated into two classes: (1) owner occupied and (2) other.

Owner occupied – includes loans secured by business facilities to finance business operations, equipment and owner-occupied facilities primarily for small and medium-sized commercial customers. Generally the primary source of repayment is the cash flow from business operations and activities of the borrower, who owns the property.

Other – primarily includes loans to finance income-producing commercial and multi-family properties. Loans in this class include loans for neighborhood retail centers, hotels, medical and professional offices, single retail stores, industrial buildings, warehouses and apartments leased generally to local businesses and residents. Generally the primary source of repayment is dependent upon income generated from the real estate collateral. The underwriting of these loans takes into consideration the occupancy and rental rates as well as the financial health of the borrower.

Residential real estate (RRE)includes loans disaggregated into two classes: (1) consumer mortgage and (2) investment property.

Consumer mortgage – primarily includes first or second lien mortgages and home equity lines to consumers that are secured by a primary residence or second home. These loans are underwritten in accordance with the Bank’s general loan policies and procedures which require, among other things, proper documentation of each borrower’s financial condition, satisfactory credit history and property value.

Investment property – primarily includes loans to finance income-producing 1-4 family residential properties. Generally the primary source of repayment is dependent upon income generated from leasing the property securing the loan. The underwriting of these loans takes into consideration the rental rates as well as the financial health of the borrower.

Consumer installment —includes loans to individuals both secured by personal property and unsecured. Loans include personal lines of credit, automobile loans, and other retail loans. These loans are underwritten in accordance with the Bank’s general loan policies and procedures which require, among other things, proper documentation of each borrower’s financial condition, satisfactory credit history, and if applicable, property value.

The following is a summary of current, accruing past due and nonaccrual loans by portfolio class as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

(In thousands)  Current   

Accruing

 

30-89 Days

 

Past Due

   

Accruing

 

Greater than

 

90 days

   

Total  

 

Accruing  

 

Loans  

   

Non-    

 

Accrual    

   

Total        

 

Loans        

 

 

 

December 31, 2015:

            

Commercial and industrial

  $52,387     49     —       52,436     43    $52,479    

Construction and land development

   43,111     —       —       43,111     583     43,694    

Commercial real estate:

            

Owner occupied

   46,372     —       —       46,372     230     46,602    

Other

   155,731     —       —       155,731     1,520     157,251    

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   202,103     —       —       202,103     1,750     203,853    

Residential real estate:

            

Consumer mortgage

   68,579     1,105     —       69,684     325     70,009    

Investment property

   46,435     229     —       46,664     —       46,664    

 

 

Total residential real estate

   115,014     1,334     —       116,348     325     116,673    

Consumer installment

   10,179     28     —       10,207     13     10,220    

 

 

Total

  $        422,794     1,411     —       424,205     2,714    $        426,919    

 

 

December 31, 2014:

            

Commercial and industrial

  $54,106     168     —       54,274     55    $54,329    

Construction and land development

   36,483     210     —       36,693     605     37,298    

Commercial real estate:

            

Owner occupied

   51,832     201     —       52,033     263     52,296    

Other

   139,710     —       —       139,710     —       139,710    

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   191,542     201     —       191,743     263     192,006    

Residential real estate:

            

Consumer mortgage

   64,713     1,736     —       66,449     40     66,489    

Investment property

   40,503     495     —       40,998     154     41,152    

 

 

Total residential real estate

   105,216     2,231     —       107,447     194     107,641    

Consumer installment

   12,290     45     —       12,335     —       12,335    

 

 

Total

  $399,637     2,855     —       402,492     1,117    $403,609    

 

 

The gross interest income which would have been recorded under the original terms of those nonaccrual loans had they been accruing interest, amounted to approximately $133 thousand and $102 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, is presented below.

   Year ended December 31 
  

 

 

 
(In thousands)  2015  2014 

 

 

Beginning balance

    $4,836   $5,268   

Charged-off loans

   (1,114  (808)  

Recovery of previously charged-off loans

   367    326   

 

 

Net charge-offs

   (747  (482)  

Provision for loan losses

   200    50   

 

 

Ending balance

    $              4,289   $              4,836   

 

 

The Company assesses the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses prior to the end of each calendar quarter. The level of the allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio, past loan loss experience, current asset quality trends, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay (including the timing of future payment), the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, economic conditions, industry and peer bank loan loss rates and other pertinent factors, including regulatory recommendations. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change. Loans are charged off, in whole or in part, when management believes that the full collectability of the loan is unlikely. A loan may be partially charged-off after a “confirming event” has occurred which serves to validate that full repayment pursuant to the terms of the loan is unlikely.

The Company deems loans impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Collection of all amounts due according to the contractual terms means that both the interest and principal payments of a loan will be collected as scheduled in the loan agreement.

An impairment allowance is recognized if the fair value of the loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan. The impairment is recognized through the allowance. Loans that are impaired are recorded at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or if the loan is collateral dependent, impairment measurement is based on the fair value of the collateral, less estimated disposal costs.

The level of allowance maintained is believed by management to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries of amounts previously charged-off.

In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, the Company also considers the results of its ongoing internal, independent loan review process. The Company’s loan review process assists in determining whether there are loans in the portfolio whose credit quality has weakened over time and evaluating the risk characteristics of the entire loan portfolio. The Company’s loan review process includes the judgment of management, the input from our independent loan reviewers, and reviews that may have been conducted by bank regulatory agencies as part of their examination process. The Company incorporates loan review results in the determination of whether or not it is probable that it will be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of a loan.

As part of the Company’s quarterly assessment of the allowance, management divides the loan portfolio into five segments: commercial and industrial, construction and land development, commercial real estate, residential real estate, and consumer installment loans. The Company analyzes each segment and estimates an allowance allocation for each loan segment.

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses begins with a process of estimating the probable losses inherent for these types of loans. The estimates for these loans are established by category and based on the Company’s internal system of credit risk ratings and historical loss data. The estimated loan loss allocation rate for the Company’s internal system of credit risk grades is based on its experience with similarly graded loans. For loan segments where the Company believes it does not have sufficient historical loss data, the Company may make adjustments based, in part, on loss rates of peer bank groups. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, and for the years then ended, the Company adjusted its historical loss rates for the commercial real estate portfolio segment based, in part, on loss rates of peer bank groups.

The estimated loan loss allocation for all five loan portfolio segments is then adjusted for management’s estimate of probable losses for several “qualitative and environmental” factors. The allocation for qualitative and environmental factors is particularly subjective and does not lend itself to exact mathematical calculation. This amount represents estimated probable inherent credit losses which exist, but have not yet been identified, as of the balance sheet date, and are based upon quarterly trend assessments in delinquent and nonaccrual loans, credit concentration changes, prevailing economic conditions, changes in lending personnel experience, changes in lending policies or procedures and other influencing factors. These qualitative and environmental factors are considered for each of the five loan segments and the allowance allocation, as determined by the processes noted above, is increased or decreased based on the incremental assessment of these factors.

The Company regularly re-evaluates its practices in determining the allowance for loan losses. During 2014, the Company implemented certain refinements to its allowance for loan losses methodology in order to better capture the effects of the most recent economic cycle on the Company’s loan loss experience. Beginning with the quarter ended June 30, 2014, the Company began calculating average losses for all loan segments using a rolling 20 quarter historical period and continued this methodology through December 31, 2015. Prior to June 30, 2014 the Company calculated average losses for all loan segments using a rolling 8 quarter historical period (except for commercial real estate loan segment which used a 6 quarter historic period). If the Company continued to calculate average losses for all loan segments other than commercial real estate using a rolling 8 quarter historical period and for the commercial real estate segment using a rolling 6 quarter historical period, the Company’s calculated allowance for loan loss allocation would have decreased by approximately $1.0 million at June 30, 2014. Other than the changes discussed above, the Company has not made any material changes to its calculation of historical loss periods that would impact the calculation of the allowance for loan losses or provision for loan losses for the periods included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and statements of earnings.income.

The following table details the changes in amortized MSRs and the related valuation allowance for loan lossesthe years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

    Year ended December 31 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)   2018   2017 

 

 

Beginning balance

 $  1,644    1,952  

Additions, net

   208    224  

Amortization expense

   (411)    (533)  

Change in valuation allowance

   —        

 

 

Ending balance

 $  1,441    1,644  

 

 

Valuation allowance included in MSRs, net:

    

Beginning of period

 $  —        

End of period

   —       —    

 

 

Fair value of amortized MSRs:

    

Beginning of period

 $  2,528    2,678  

End of period

               2,697                        2,528  

 

 

Data and assumptions used in the fair value calculation related to MSRs at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, are presented below.

    December 31 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)   2018  2017 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance

 $          289,981             312,318 

Weighted average prepayment speed (CPR)

   8.3 %   10.2 

Discount rate (annual percentage)

   10.0 %   10.0 

Weighted average coupon interest rate

   3.9 %   3.8 

Weighted average remaining maturity (months)

   250   253 

Weighted average servicing fee (basis points)

   25.0   25.0 

 

 

At December 31, 2018, the weighted average amortization period for MSRs was 6.7 years. Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is presented below.

(Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2018

 

2019

         $                198

2020

 174

2021

 152

2022

 131

2023

 115

 

NOTE 8: DEPOSITS

At December 31, 2018, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit and other time deposits are presented below.

(Dollars in thousands)  December 31, 2018 

 

 

2019

          $108,363 

2020

   28,888 

2021

   16,630 

2022

   20,966 

2023

   6,390 

 

 

Total certificates of deposit and other time deposits

          $           181,237 

 

 

Additionally, at December 31, 2018 and 2017, approximately $59.4 million and $55.2 million, respectively, of certificates of deposit and other time deposits were issued in denominations of $250 thousand or greater.

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the amount of deposit accounts in overdraft status that were reclassified to loans on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets was not material.

NOTE 9: SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the composition of short-term borrowings is presented below.

   2018   2017 
       Weighted                   Weighted             
(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   Avg. Rate               Amount   Avg. Rate             

 

 

Federal funds purchased:

        

As of December 31

  $—      —     $—      —   

Average during the year

   2    2.50 %    9    2.01 % 

Maximum outstanding at anymonth-end

   —        —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

        

As of December 31

  $                2,300    0.50 %   $                2,658    0.50 % 

Average during the year

   2,632    0.50 %    3,467    0.52 % 

Maximum outstanding at anymonth-end

   3,241      4,152   

 

 

Federal funds purchased represent unsecured overnight borrowings from other financial institutions by portfolio segmentthe Bank. The Bank had available federal fund lines totaling $41.0 million with none outstanding at December 31, 2018.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase represent short-term borrowings with maturities less than one year collateralized by a portion of the Company’s securities portfolio. Securities with an aggregate carrying value of $5.6 million and $5.8 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, were pledged to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

NOTE 10: LONG-TERM DEBT

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the composition of long-term debt is presented below.

   2018   2017 
       Weighted             Weighted       
(Dollars in thousands)      Amount   Avg. Rate             Amount   Avg. Rate       

 

 

Subordinated debentures, due 2033

    $        —      —  %   $3,217    4.63%   

 

 

Total long-term debt

    $—      —  %   $      3,217    4.63%   

 

 

The Company formed Auburn National Bancorporation Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), a wholly-owned statutory business trust, in 2003. The Trust issued $7.0 million of trust preferred securities that were sold to third parties. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities and trust common securities that we held, were used to purchase junior subordinated debentures of $7.2 million from the Company, which are presented as long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets and qualify for inclusion in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes, subject to certain limitations. The debentures would have matured on December 31, 2033 and had been redeemable since December 31, 2008.

On April 27, 2018, the Trust formally redeemed all of its issued and outstanding trust preferred securities at par. The Company had repurchased $4.0 million par amount of trust preferred securities issued by the Trust in October 2016, at a discount. The additional amount paid on April 27, 2018 for trust preferred securities not previously purchased by the Company was approximately $3.0 million, including accrued and unpaid distributions. All junior subordinated debentures related to the Trust were redeemed and retired as a result of the action.

The Company now has no outstanding trust preferred securities or junior subordinated debentures, and the Trust has been dissolved.

NOTE 11: OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity from all transactions other than those with stockholders, and it includes net earnings and other comprehensive (loss) income. Other comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, is presented below.

   Pre-tax     Tax benefit   Net of  
(In thousands)  amount     (expense)   tax amount  

 

 

2018:

      

Unrealized net holding loss on all other securities

  $(4,269)    1,072    (3,197)  

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

  $(4,269)    1,072    (3,197)  

 

 

2017:

      

Unrealized net holding gain on all other securities

  $417    (154)    263   

Reclassification adjustment for net gain on securities recognized in net earnings

   (51)    19    (32)  

 

 

Other comprehensive income

  $366    (135)    231   

 

 

NOTE 12: INCOME TAXES

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 the components of income tax expense from continuing operations are presented below.

    Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)   2018   2017   

 

 

Current income tax expense:

    

Federal

 $  1,685    2,782   

State

   431    499   

 

 

Total current income tax expense

   2,116    3,281   

 

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

    

Federal

   56    384   

State

   15    (28)  

 

 

Total deferred income tax expense

   71    356   

 

 

Total income tax expense

 $                  2,187                        3,637   

 

 

Total income tax expense differs from the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% and 34% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, to earnings before income taxes. A reconciliation of the differences for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, is presented below.

    2018   2017 
        Percent of            Percent of      
        pre-tax            pre-tax      
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount   earnings        Amount   earnings      

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

$

  11,021       11,483   
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income taxes at statutory rate

   2,315     21.0 %     3,904     34.0 %  

Tax-exempt interest

   (515)    (4.7)        (813)    (7.0)      

State income taxes, net of federal tax effect

   361     3.3         325     2.8      

Bank-owned life insurance

   (92)    (0.8)        (150)    (1.3)     

Federal tax reform impact

   —       —          370     3.2      

Other

    118     1.0             —       

Total income tax expense

 $                  2,187            19.8 %                 3,637     31.7 %  
  

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was signed into law on December 22, 2017. The net tax expense recognized as a result of the remeasurement of deferred taxes is presented as Federal tax reform impact in the above table.

The Company had net deferred tax assets of $1.8 million and $0.8 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are presented below:

      December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)     2018   2017 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

      

Allowance for loan losses

  

$

   1,203    1,195 

Unrealized loss on securities

     1,262    190 

Other

      135    216 

Total deferred tax assets

     2,600                        1,601 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

      

Premises and equipment

     280    241 

Originated mortgage servicing rights

     362    413 

Other

                  168    158 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     810    812 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

  

$

   1,790    789 

 

 

A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset if, based on the weight of available evidence, it ismore-likely-than-not that some portion of the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projection for future taxable income over the periods which the temporary differences resulting in the remaining deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it ismore-likely-than-not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences at December 31, 2018. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income are reduced.

The change in the net deferred tax asset for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, is presented below.

    Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)   2018   2017 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset:

    

Balance, beginning of year

 $                789    1,280 

Deferred tax expense related to continuing operations

   (71)                  (356) 

Stockholders’ equity, for accumulated other comprehensive loss (income)

   1,072    (135) 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 $  1,790    789 

 

 

ASC 740,Income Taxes, defines the threshold for recognizing the benefits of tax return positions in the financial statements as“more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the taxing authority. This section also provides guidance on thede-recognition, measurement, and classification of income tax uncertainties in interim periods. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits related to federal or state income tax matters. The Company does not anticipate any material increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits during 2019 relative to any tax positions taken prior to December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has accrued no interest and no penalties related to uncertain tax positions. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

The Company and its subsidiaries file consolidated U.S. federal and State of Alabama income tax returns. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and the State of Alabama for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.through 2018.

(in thousands)  

  Commercial

  and industrial

   Construction
and land
Development
  Commercial
Real Estate
  

Residential 

Real Estate 

  Consumer
Installment
  Total 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

  $386      366    3,186    1,114    216   $5,268   

Charge-offs

   (46)     (235  —      (438  (89  (808)  

Recoveries

   71      8    119    112    16    326   

 

 

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

   25      (227  119    (326  (73  (482)  

Provision

   228      835    (1,377  331    33    50   

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

  $639      974    1,928    1,119    176   $4,836   

 

 

Charge-offs

   (100)     —      (866  (89  (59  (1,114)  

Recoveries

   22      17    —      313    15    367   

 

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

   (78)     17    (866  224    (44  (747)  

Provision

   (38)     (322  817    (284  27    200   

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

  $            523      669    1,879    1,059    159   $        4,289   

 

 

The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and impairment methodology as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

    Collectively evaluated (1)   Individually evaluated (2)   Total 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(In thousands)   

Allowance

 

for loan

 

losses

   

Recorded  

 

investment  

 

in loans  

   

    Allowance    

 

    for loan    

 

    losses    

   

Recorded  

 

investment  

 

in loans  

   

    Allowance    

 

    for loan    

 

    losses    

   

Recorded    

 

investment    

 

in loans    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015:

            

Commercial and industrial

 $  523     52,431      —        48      523     52,479   

Construction and land development

   669     43,111      —        583      669     43,694   

Commercial real estate

   1,758     201,077      121     2,776      1,879     203,853   

Residential real estate

   1,059     116,673      —        —         1,059     116,673   

Consumer installment

   159     10,220      —        —         159     10,220   

 

 

Total

 $  4,168     423,512      121     3,407      4,289     426,919   

 

 

December 31, 2014:

            

Commercial and industrial

 $  639     54,259      —        70      639     54,329   

Construction and land development

   974     36,693      —        605      974     37,298   

Commercial real estate

   1,734     190,306      194     1,700      1,928     192,006   

Residential real estate

   1,119     106,745      —        896      1,119     107,641   

Consumer installment

   176     12,335      —        —         176     12,335   

 

 

Total

 $              4,642     400,338      194     3,271      4,836     403,609   

 

 

(1)Represents loans collectively evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 450-20,Loss Contingencies (formerly FAS 5), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for unimpaired loans.
(2)Represents loans individually evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-30,Receivables(formerly FAS 114), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for impaired loans.

Credit Quality Indicators

The credit quality of the loan portfolio is summarized no less frequently than quarterly using categories similar to the standard asset classification system used by the federal banking agencies. The following table presents credit quality indicators for the loan portfolio segments and classes. These categories are utilized to develop the associated allowance for loan losses using historical losses adjusted for qualitative and environmental factors and are defined as follows:

Pass – loans which are well protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor (or guarantors, if any) or by the fair value, less cost to acquire and sell, of any underlying collateral.

Special Mention – loans with potential weakness that may, if not reversed or corrected, weaken the credit or inadequately protect the Company’s position at some future date. These loans are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant an adverse classification.

Substandard Accruing – loans that exhibit a well-defined weakness which presently jeopardizes debt repayment, even though they are currently performing. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company may incur a loss in the future if these weaknesses are not corrected.

Nonaccrual – includes loans where management has determined that full payment of principal and interest is in doubt.

(In thousands)  Pass   Special
Mention
   Substandard
Accruing
   Nonaccrual   Total loans 

 

 

December 31, 2015

  

        

Commercial and industrial

  $48,038      4,075      323      43     $52,479   

Construction and land development

   42,458      60      593      583      43,694   

Commercial real estate:

          

Owner occupied

   45,772      381      219      230      46,602   

Other

   155,423      36      272      1,520      157,251   

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   201,195      417      491      1,750      203,853   

Residential real estate:

          

Consumer mortgage

   64,502      1,964      3,218      325      70,009   

Investment property

   45,399      112      1,153      —        46,664   

 

 

Total residential real estate

   109,901      2,076      4,371      325      116,673   

Consumer installment

   10,038      55      114      13      10,220   

 

 

Total

  $411,630      6,683      5,892      2,714     $426,919   

 

 

December 31, 2014

          

Commercial and industrial

  $49,550      4,348      376      55     $54,329   

Construction and land development

   35,911      226      556      605      37,298   

Commercial real estate:

          

Owner occupied

   49,900      1,905      228      263      52,296   

Other

   136,801      2,253      656      —        139,710   

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   186,701      4,158      884      263      192,006   

Residential real estate:

          

Consumer mortgage

   59,646      1,912      4,891      40      66,489   

Investment property

   39,348      624      1,026      154      41,152   

 

 

Total residential real estate

   98,994      2,536      5,917      194      107,641   

Consumer installment

   12,200      21      114      —        12,335   

 

 

Total

  $        383,356      11,289      7,847      1,117     $        403,609   

 

 

Impaired loans

The following table presents details related to the Company’s impaired loans. Loans which have been fully charged-off do not appear in the following table. The related allowance generally represents the following components which correspond to impaired loans:

Individually evaluated impaired loans equal to or greater than $500 thousand secured by real estate (nonaccrual construction and land development, commercial real estate, and residential real estate).

Individually evaluated impaired loans equal to or greater than $250 thousand not secured by real estate (nonaccrual commercial and industrial and consumer loans).

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s impaired loans that were individually evaluated for impairment at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

    December 31, 2015 
(In thousands)   

Unpaid

principal
balance (1)

   

      Charge-offs

      and payments
      applied (2)

        Recorded
      investment (3)
    Related
allowance
 

 

   

 

 

 

With no allowance recorded:

  

Commercial and industrial

 $  48      —       48     

Construction and land development

   2,582      (1,999  583     

Commercial real estate:

       

Owner occupied

   308      (78  230     

Other

   2,136      (617  1,519     

 

   

Total commercial real estate

   2,444      (695  1,749     

 

   

Total

 $  5,074      (2,694  2,380     

 

   

With allowance recorded:

  

Commercial real estate:

       

Owner occupied

   1,027      —       1,027      121   

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   1,027      —       1,027      121   

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $  1,027      —       1,027    $  121   

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

 $                  6,101      (2,694  3,407    $              121   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Unpaid principal balance represents the contractual obligation due from the customer.
(2)Charge-offs and payments applied represents cumulative charge-offs taken, as well as interest payments that have been applied against the outstanding principal balance.
(3)Recorded investment represents the unpaid principal balance less charge-offs and payments applied; it is shown before any related allowance for loan losses.

    December 31, 2014 
  

 

 

 
(In thousands)   

Unpaid

principal
balance (1)

   

      Charge-offs

      and payments
      applied (2)

        Recorded
      investment (3)
    Related
allowance
 

 

   

 

 

 

With no allowance recorded:

  

Commercial and industrial

 $  70      —       70     

Construction and land development

   2,822      (2,217  605     

Commercial real estate:

       

Owner occupied

   331      (68  263     

 

   

Total commercial real estate

   331      (68  263     

Residential real estate:

       

Consumer mortgages

   934      (192  742     

Investment property

   180      (26  154     

 

   

Total residential real estate

   1,114      (218  896     

 

   

Total

 $  4,337      (2,503  1,834     

 

   

With allowance recorded:

  

Commercial real estate:

       

Owner occupied

 $  846      —       846    $  102   

Other

   591      —       591      92   

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   1,437      —       1,437      194   

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 $  1,437      —       1,437    $  194   

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

 $                  5,774      (2,503  3,271    $              194   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Unpaid principal balance represents the contractual obligation due from the customer.
(2)Charge-offs and payments applied represents cumulative charge-offs taken, as well as interest payments that have been applied against the outstanding principal balance.
(3)Recorded investment represents the unpaid principal balance less charge-offs and payments applied; it is shown before any related allowance for loan losses.

The following table provides the average recorded investment in impaired loans and the amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans after impairment by portfolio segment and class.

   Year ended December 31, 2015   Year ended December 31, 2014 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
(In thousands)  

      Average

 

      recorded

 

      investment

   

Total interest   

 

income   

 

recognized   

   

      Average

 

      recorded

 

      investment

   

Total interest    

 

income    

 

recognized    

 

 

 

Impaired loans:

  

Commercial and industrial

    $60           $98       

Construction and land development

   603     —        1,032     —     

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner occupied

   1,328     62      1,308     40   

Other

   911     18      872     29   

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   2,239     80      2,180     69   

Residential real estate:

        

Consumer mortgages

   349     173      731     43   

Investment property

   70     76      164     —     

 

 

Total residential real estate

   419     249      895     43   

 

 

Total

    $            3,321     333       $            4,205     119   

 

 

Interest income recognized for 2015 included interest recoveries of $225 thousand related to two impaired residential real estate loans that paid off in June 2015. Excluding the interest recoveries on these two loans, interest income recognized on impaired loans for 2015 would have been $108 thousand.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Impaired loans also include troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). In the normal course of business, management may grant concessions to borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty. A concession may include, but is not limited to, delays in required payments of principal and interest for a specified period, reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan, reduction of accrued interest, extension of the maturity date or reduction of the face amount or maturity amount of the debt. A concession has been granted when, as a result of the restructuring, the Bank does not expect to collect all amounts due, including interest at the original stated rate. A concession may have also been granted if the debtor is not able to access funds elsewhere at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics as the restructured debt. In determining whether a loan modification is a TDR, the Company considers the individual facts and circumstances surrounding each modification. In determining the appropriate accrual status at the time of restructure, the Company evaluates whether a restructured loan has adequate collateral protection, among other factors.

Similar to other impaired loans, TDRs are measured for impairment based on the present value of expected payments using the loan’s original effective interest rate as the discount rate, or the fair value of the collateral, less selling costs if the loan is collateral dependent. If the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the measure of fair value, impairment is recognized by establishing a valuation allowance as part of the allowance for loan losses or a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses. In periods subsequent to the modification, all TDRs are evaluated individually, including those that have payment defaults, for possible impairment.

The following is a summary of accruing and nonaccrual TDRs and the related loan losses, by portfolio segment and class.

    TDRs 
(In thousands)               Accruing              Nonaccrual  Total      

Related

 

Allowance

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

       

Commercial and industrial

 $  48     —       48     $  —     

Construction and land development

   —       582     582       —     

Commercial real estate:

           

Owner occupied

   1,027     230     1,257       121   

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   1,027     230     1,257       121   

 

    

 

 

 

Total

 $  1,075     812     1,887     $                121   

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

       

Commercial and industrial

 $  70     —       70     $  —     

Construction and land development

   —       605     605       —     

Commercial real estate:

       

Owner occupied

   846     263     1,109       102   

Other

   591     —       591       92   

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   1,437     263     1,700       194   

Residential real estate:

       

Consumer mortgages

   742     —       742       —     

Investment property

   —       154     154       —     

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

   742     154     896       —     

 

    

 

 

 

Total

 $  2,249     1,022                 3,271     $  194   

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015, there were no significant outstanding commitments to advance additional funds to customers whose loans had been restructured.

The following table summarizes loans modified in a TDR during the respective years both before and after modification.

($ in thousands)  Number of     
contracts     
     

Pre-    

modification    

outstanding    

recorded    

investment    

      

Post-    

modification    

outstanding    

recorded    

investment    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

        

Commercial and industrial

   1       $   61      66   

Construction and land development

   1      116      113   

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner occupied

   1      216      218   

Other

   1      592               592   

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   2      808      810   

 

 

Total

   4       $   985      989   

 

 

December 31, 2014

        

Commercial real estate:

        

Other

   1       $   590      592   

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   1      590      592   

Residential real estate:

        

Consumer mortgages

   1      712      712   

 

 

Total residential real estate

   1      712      712   

 

 

Total

   2       $   1,302      1,304   

 

 

The majority of the loans modified in a TDR during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, included delays in required payments of principal and/or interest or where the only concession granted by the Company was that the interest rate at renewal was not considered to be a market rate.

The following table summarizes the recorded investment in loans modified in a TDR within the previous twelve months for which there was a payment default (defined as 90 days or more past due) during the respective years.

($ in thousands)  Number of    
Contracts    
    Recorded   
investment (1)   
 

 

 

December 31, 2015

    

Commercial real estate:

    

Owner occupied

   1     $  262   

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   1     262   

Residential real estate:

    

Investment property

   1     150   

 

 

Total residential real estate

   1     150   

 

 

Total

   2     $  412   

 

 

December 31, 2014

    

Commercial real estate:

    

Owner occupied

   1     $  272   

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   1     272   

 

 

Total

   1     $  272   

 

 

(1)Amount as of applicable month end during the respective year for which there was a payment default.

NOTE 7: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT13: EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

PremisesThe Company has a 401(k) Plan that covers substantially all employees. Participants may contribute up to 10% of eligible compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Company’s matching contributions to the Plan are determined by the board of directors. Participants become 20% vested in their accounts after two years of service and equipment at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is presented below.

    December 31 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)   2015   2014 

 

 

Land

 $  6,106     5,916  

Buildings and improvements

   9,448     8,606  

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

   3,159     3,214  

 

 

Total premises and equipment

   18,713     17,736  

Less:  accumulated depreciation

   (6,847)     (6,929)  

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 $                  11,866                         10,807  

 

 

Depreciation expense was approximately $475100% vested after six years of service. Company matching contributions to the Plan were $131 thousand and $380$127 thousand for the years ended December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, respectively, and is a component of net occupancy and equipment expense in the consolidated statements of earnings.

NOTE 8: MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS, NET

Mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) are recognized based on the fair value of the servicing rights on the date the corresponding mortgage loans are sold. An estimate of the Company’s MSRs is determined using assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income, and late fees. Subsequent to the date of transfer, the Company has elected to measure its MSRs under the amortization method. Under the amortization method, MSRs are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income. Servicing fee income is recorded net of related amortization expense and recognized in earnings as part of mortgage lending income.

The Company has recorded MSRs related to loans sold without recourse to Fannie Mae. The Company generally sells conforming, fixed-rate, closed-end, residential mortgages to Fannie Mae. MSRs are included in salaries and benefits expense.

NOTE 14: DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

Financial derivatives are reported at fair value in other assets or other liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company evaluates MSRsaccounting for impairment on a quarterly basis. Impairment is determined by stratifying MSRs into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate and loan type. If, by individual stratum, the carrying amount of the MSRs exceeds fair value, a valuation allowance is established. The valuation allowance is adjusted as the fair value changes. Changes in the valuation allowance are recognized in earnings as a component of mortgage lending income.

The following table details the changes in amortized MSRs and the related valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

    Year ended December 31 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)   2015   2014 

 

 

Beginning balance

 $  2,388     2,350  

Additions, net

   529     465  

Amortization expense

   (654)     (374)  

Change in valuation allowance

   53       (53)  

 

 

Ending balance

 $  2,316     2,388  

 

 

Valuation allowance included in MSRs, net:

    

Beginning of period

 $  53     —      

End of period

   —         53  

 

 

Fair value of amortized MSRs:

    

Beginning of period

 $  3,238     3,452  

End of period

               3,086                         3,238  

 

 

Data and assumptions used in the fair value calculation relatedof a derivative depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship. For derivatives not designated as part of a hedging relationship, the gain or loss is recognized in current earnings within other noninterest income on the accompanying consolidated statements of earnings. From time to MSRs at December 31, 2015time, the Company may enter into interest rate swaps (“swaps”) to facilitate customer transactions and 2014, respectively,meet their financing needs. Upon entering into these swaps, the Company enters into offsetting positions in order to minimize the risk to the Company. These swaps qualify as derivatives, but are presented below.

    December 31 
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)   2015  2014 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance

 $          358,928              360,956  

Weighted average prepayment speed (CPR)

   10.0 %   9.6  

Discount rate (annual percentage)

   10.0 %   10.0  

Weighted average coupon interest rate

   3.9 %   3.9  

Weighted average remaining maturity (months)

   266    267  

Weighted average servicing fee (basis points)

   25.0    25.0  

 

 

not designated as hedging instruments. At December 31, 2015,2018 and December 31, 2017, the weighted average amortization period for MSRs was 6.1 years. Estimated amortization expense for eachCompany had no derivative contracts to assist in managing its own interest rate sensitivity.

Interest rate swap agreements involve the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms. When the fair value of a derivative instrument is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty or customer owes the Company, and results in credit risk to the Company. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is negative, the Company owes the customer or counterparty and therefore, has no credit risk.

The Company had no interest rate swaps as of December 31, 2018. A summary of the next five yearsCompany’s interest rate swaps as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017 is presented below.

 

(Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2015

 

2016

         $                348

2017

 298

2018

 256

2019

 216

2020

 187

 

NOTE 9: DEPOSITS

At December 31, 2015, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit and other time deposits are presented below.

(Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2015

 

2016

         $           95,611

2017

 56,854

2018

 24,366

2019

 33,027

2020

 9,567

Thereafter

 173

 

Total certificates of deposit and other time deposits

         $         219,598

 

Additionally, at December 31, 2015 and 2014, approximately $59.6 million and $62.4 million, respectively, of certificates of deposit and other time deposits were issued in denominations of $250 thousand or greater.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the amount of deposit accounts in overdraft status that were reclassified to loans on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets was not material.

               Other 
       

 

Other

 

   

Other

 

   

noninterest

 

 
       Assets   Liabilities        income      
       

 

Estimated

 

   

Estimated

 

   

Gains

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)  Notional      Fair Value         Fair Value      (Losses) 

 

 

December 31, 2017:

        

Pay fixed / receive variable

  $3,617    —       52    $189  

Pay variable / receive fixed

   3,617    52     —       (189) 

 

 

Total interest rate swap agreements

  $          7,234    52     52    $—     

 

 

NOTE 10: SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS15: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Credit-Related Financial Instruments

The Company is party to credit related financial instruments withoff-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does foron-balance sheet instruments.

At December 31, 20152018 and 2014,2017, the composition of short-term borrowings is presented below.following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amount represents credit risk:

 

   2015   2014 
       Weighted                   Weighted             
(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   Avg. Rate               Amount   Avg. Rate             

 

 

Federal funds purchased:

        

As of December 31

  $—         —            $—         —          

Average during the year

   16     0.90 %     16     0.90 %  

Maximum outstanding at any month-end

   —           —        

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

        

As of December 31

  $                2,951     0.50 %    $                4,681     0.50 %  

Average during the year

   3,585     0.50 %     3,797     0.50 %  

Maximum outstanding at any month-end

   4,806       4,681    

 

 
   December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)  

 

2018

   2017 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

  $              61,889   $            57,014 

Standby letters of credit

   7,026    7,390 

 

 

Federal funds purchased

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the agreement. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The commitments for lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent unsecured overnight borrowings from other financial institutionsfuture cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Bank.Company, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The Bank had available federal fund lines totaling $41.0 million with none outstandingcredit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company holds various assets as collateral, including accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, marketable securities, and property to support those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The Company has recorded a liability for the estimated fair value of these standby letters of credit in the amount of $73 thousand and $79 thousand at December 31, 2015.2018 and 2017, respectively.

Securities soldOther Commitments

Minimum lease payments under agreementsleases classified as operating leases due in each of the five years subsequent to repurchase represent short-term borrowingsDecember 31, 2018, are as follows: 2019, $152 thousand; 2020, $94 thousand; 2021, $67 thousand; 2022, $60 thousand; 2023, $60 thousand.

Contingent Liabilities

The Company and the Bank are involved in various legal proceedings, arising in connection with maturities less than one year collateralizedtheir business. In the opinion of management, based upon consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate resolution of these proceeding will not have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company and the Bank.

NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE

Fair Value Hierarchy

“Fair value” is defined by ASC 820,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a portionliability in an orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for an asset or liability at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the inputs market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Level changes in fair value measurements

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are generally recognized at the end of the reporting period. The Company monitors the valuation techniques utilized for each category of financial assets and liabilities to ascertain when transfers between levels have been affected. The nature of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities generally is such that transfers in and out of any level are expected to be infrequent. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no transfers between levels and no changes in valuation techniques for the Company’s financial assets and liabilities.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Securitiesavailable-for-sale

Fair values of securities portfolio. Securitiesavailable for sale were primarily measured using Level 2 inputs. For these securities, the Company obtains pricing from third party pricing services. These third party pricing services consider observable data that may

include broker/dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, market consensus prepayment speeds, benchmark yields, reported trades for similar securities, credit information and the securities’ terms and conditions. On a quarterly basis, management reviews the pricing received from the third party pricing services for reasonableness given current market conditions. As part of its review, management may obtainnon-binding third party broker quotes to validate the fair value measurements. In addition, management will periodically submit pricing provided by the third party pricing services to another independent valuation firm on a sample basis. This independent valuation firm will compare the price provided by the third party pricing service with an aggregateits own price and will review the significant assumptions and valuation methodologies used with management.

Interest rate swap agreements

The carrying amount of interest rate swap agreements was included in other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The fair value measurements for our interest rate swap agreements were based on information obtained from a third party bank. This information is periodically tested by the Company and validated against other third party valuations. If needed, other third party market participants may be utilized to corroborate the fair value measurements for our interest rate swap agreements. The Company classified these derivative assets and liabilities within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. These swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments.

The following table presents the balances of the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, by caption, on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets by ASC 820 valuation hierarchy (as described above).

(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets

for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

   

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Significant        

Unobservable        

Inputs        

(Level 3)        

 

 

 

December 31, 2018:

        

Securitiesavailable-for-sale:

        

Agency obligations

  $51,171        51,171    —     

Agency RMBS

   118,598        118,598    —     

State and political subdivisions

   70,032        70,032    —     

 

 

Total securitiesavailable-for-sale

   239,801        239,801    —     

 

 

Total assets at fair value

  $239,801        239,801    —     

 

 

December 31, 2017:

        

Securitiesavailable-for-sale:

        

Agency obligations

  $53,062        53,062    —     

Agency RMBS

   133,072        133,072    —     

State and political subdivisions

   71,563        71,563    —     

 

 

Total securitiesavailable-for-sale

   257,697        257,697    —     

Other assets(1)

   52        52    —     

 

 

Total assets at fair value

  $      257,749        257,749    —     

 

 

Other liabilities(1)

   52        52    —     

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

  $52        52    —     

 

 

(1)Represents the fair value of interest rate swap agreements.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

Loans held for sale

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair values of loans held for sale are determined using quoted market secondary market prices for similar loans. Loans held for sale are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Impaired Loans

Loans considered impaired under ASC310-10-35,Receivables, are loans for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans can be measured based on the present value of expected payments using the loan’s original effective rate as the discount rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral less selling costs if the loan is collateral dependent.

The fair value of impaired loans were primarily measured based on the value of the collateral securing these loans. Impaired loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Collateral may be real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory, and/or accounts receivable. The Company determines the value of the collateral based on independent appraisals performed by qualified licensed appraisers. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Appraised values are discounted for costs to sell and may be discounted further based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the date of the most recent appraisal, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the customer and the customer’s business. Such discounts by management are subjective and are typically significant unobservable inputs for determining fair value. Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors discussed above.

Other real estate owned

Other real estate owned, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or in satisfaction of loans, are initially recorded at the lower of the loan’s carrying amount or the fair value less costs to sell upon transfer of the loans to other real estate. Subsequently, other real estate is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Fair values are generally based on third party appraisals of $6.3 millionthe property and $6.7 millionare classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The appraisals are sometimes further discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, and/or changes in market conditions from the date of the most recent appraisal, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the customer and the customer’s business. Such discounts are typically significant unobservable inputs for determining fair value. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, a loss is recognized in noninterest expense.

Mortgage servicing rights, net

Mortgage servicing rights, net, included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. To determine the fair value of MSRs, the Company engages an independent third party. The independent third party’s valuation model calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income using assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income, and late fees. Periodically, the Company will review broker surveys and other market research to validate significant assumptions used in the model. The significant unobservable inputs include prepayment speeds or the constant prepayment rate (“CPR”) and the weighted average discount rate. Because the valuation of MSRs requires the use of significant unobservable inputs, all of the Company’s MSRs are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

The following table presents the balances of the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, by caption, on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and by ASC 820 valuation hierarchy (as described above):

(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   

Quoted Prices in

 

Active Markets

 

for

 

Identical Assets

 

(Level 1)

   

Other

 

   Observable   

 

Inputs

 

(Level 2)

   

Significant

 

    Unobservable    

 

Inputs

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

December 31, 2018:

        

Loans held for sale

  $383    —      383    —    

Loans, net(1)

   157    —      —      157  

Other real estate owned

   172    —      —      172  

Other assets(2)

   1,441    —      —      1,441  

 

 

Total assets at fair value

  $2,153    —      383    1,770  

 

 

December 31, 2017:

        

Loans held for sale

  $1,922    —      1,922    —    

Loans, net(1)

   2,700    —      —      2,700  

Other assets(2)

   1,644    —      —      1,644  

 

 

Total assets at fair value

  $              6,266    —      1,922    4,344  

 

 

(1)

Loans considered impaired under ASC310-10-35 Receivables. This amount reflects the recorded investment in impaired loans, net of any related allowance for loan losses.

(2)

Represents MSRs, net, carried at lower of cost or estimated fair value.

At December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for the years then ended, the Company had no Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis. For Level 3 assets measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis as of December 31, 2018, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements are presented below.

        
(Dollars in thousands)    

    Carrying    

Amount

               Valuation Technique                   Significant Unobservable Input       

    Weighted    

 

Average

 

of Input

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Nonrecurring:

        

Impaired loans

 $    157    Appraisal  Appraisal discounts (%)   10.0%   

Other real estate owned

   172    Appraisal  Appraisal discounts (%)   10.0%   

Mortgage servicing rights, net

   1,441    Discounted cash flow  Prepayment speed or CPR (%)     8.3%   
      Discount rate (%)   10.0%   

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 825,Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are explained below. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flow analyses. Discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and should not be considered representative of the liquidation value of the Company’s financial instruments, but rather are a good-faith estimate of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company. ASC 825 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

Loans, net

Fair values for loans were calculated using discounted cash flows. The discount rates reflected current rates at which similar loans would be made for the same remaining maturities. Expected future cash flows were projected based on contractual cash flows, adjusted for estimated prepayments. In accordance with the prospective adoption of ASUNo. 2016-01, the fair value of loans as of December 31, 2018 was measured using an exit price notion. The fair value of loans as of December 31, 2017 was measured using an entry price notion.

Loans held for sale

Fair values of loans held for sale are determined using quoted market secondary market prices for similar loans.

Time Deposits

Fair values for time deposits were estimated using discounted cash flows. The discount rates were based on rates currently offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities.

Long-term debt

The carrying amount of the Company’s variable rate long-term debt approximates its fair value.

The carrying value, related estimated fair value, and placement in the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 20152018 and 2014, respectively, were pledged2017 are presented below. This table excludes financial instruments for which the carrying amount approximates fair value. Financial assets for which fair value approximates carrying value included cash and cash equivalents. Financial liabilities for which fair value approximates carrying value included noninterest-bearing demand, interest-bearing demand, and savings deposits due to securethese products having no stated maturity. In addition, financial liabilities for which fair value approximates carrying value included overnight borrowings such as federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

NOTE 11: LONG-TERM DEBT

              Fair Value Hierarchy 
(Dollars in thousands)  

Carrying

 

amount

   

Estimated

 

fair value

      

Level 1

 

inputs

   

Level 2

 

inputs

   

Level 3

 

Inputs

 

 

 

December 31, 2018:

            

Financial Assets:

            

Loans, net (1)

  $        472,118   $        465,456   $   —       $—       $465,456   

Loans held for sale

   383    397      —        397      —     

Financial Liabilities:

            

Time Deposits

  $181,237   $181,168   $   —       $        181,168     $—     

 

 

December 31, 2017:

            

Financial Assets:

            

Loans, net (1)

  $448,894   $447,468   $   —       $—       $447,468   

Loans held for sale

   1,922    1,950      —        1,950      —     

Financial Liabilities:

            

Time Deposits

  $188,071   $185,564   $   —       $185,564     $—     

Long-term debt

   3,217    3,217      —        3,217      —     

 

 

At(1) Represents loans, net of unearned income and the allowance for loan losses. In accordance with the prospective adoption of ASUNo. 2016-01, the fair value of loans as of December 31, 20152018 was measured using an exit price notion. The fair value of loans as of December 31, 2017 was measured using an entry price notion.

NOTE 17: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Bank has made, and 2014,expects in the compositionfuture to continue to make in the ordinary course of long-term debtbusiness, loans to directors and executive officers of the Company, the Bank, and their affiliates. In management’s opinion, these loans were made in the ordinary course of business at normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateral requirements, and do not represent more than normal credit risk. An analysis of such outstanding loans is presented below.

 

   2015   2014 
       Weighted             Weighted       
(Dollars in thousands)      Amount   Avg. Rate             Amount   Avg. Rate       

 

 

FHLB advances, due 2018

    $—       —    %        $5,000     3.59%    

Subordinated debentures, due 2033

   7,217     3.63           7,217     3.38       

 

 

Total long-term debt

    $        7,217     3.63%        $      12,217     3.47%    

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)Amount    

Loans outstanding at December 31, 2017

$3,068 

New loans/advances

5,871 

Repayments

(732)

Loans outstanding at December 31, 2018

$          8,207 

TheDuring 2018 and 2017, certain executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank, had no FHLB advancesincluding companies with original maturities greater than one yearwhich they are affiliated, were deposit customers of the bank. Total deposits for these persons at December 31, 20152018 and $5.0 million at December 31, 2014. Certain qualifying residential mortgage loans with an aggregate carrying value of $31.92017 amounted to $19.8 million and $35.4$17.8 million, at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were pledged to secure long-term FHLB advances.respectively.

The Company formed Auburn National Bancorporation Capital Trust I, a wholly-owned statutory business trust, in 2003. The Trust issued $7.0 million of trust preferred securities that were sold to third parties. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities and trust common securities that we hold, were used to purchase subordinated debentures of $7.2 million from the Company, which are presented as long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets and qualify for inclusion in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes, subject to certain limitations. The debentures mature on December 31, 2033 and have been redeemable since December 31, 2008.

The following is a schedule of contractual maturities of long-term debt:

(Dollars in thousands)              2015             2016             2017             2018     2019   Thereafter   Total 

 

 

Subordinated debentures

   —           —           —           —           —          7,217     7,217  

 

 

Total long-term debt

  $—           —           —           —           —          7,217             7,217  

 

 

NOTE 12: OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity from all transactions other than those with stockholders, and it includes net earnings and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, is presented below.

   Pre-tax    Tax benefit  Net of  
(In thousands)  amount    (expense)  tax amount  

 

 

2015:

    

Unrealized net holding loss on all other securities

  $(785  289    (496)  

Reclassification adjustment for net gain on securities recognized in net earnings

   (16  6    (10)  

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

  $(801  295    (506)  

 

 

2014:

    

Unrealized net holding gain on all other securities

  $10,553    (3,893  6,660   

Reclassification adjustment for net loss on securities recognized in net earnings

   530    (195  335   

 

 

Other comprehensive income

  $        11,083    (4,088  6,995   

 

 

NOTE 13: INCOME TAXES

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 the components of income tax expense from continuing operations are presented below.

    Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)   

 

2015

   2014 

 

 

Current income tax expense:

    

Federal

 $  1,805     1,601  

State

   395     397  

 

 

Total current income tax expense

   2,200     1,998  

 

 

Deferred income tax expense:

    

Federal

   586     731  

State

   34     55  

 

 

Total deferred income tax expense

   620     786  

 

 

Total income tax expense

 $                  2,820                         2,784  

 

 

Total income tax expense differs from the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to earnings before income taxes. A reconciliation of the differences for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, is presented below.

    2015   2014 
        Percent of            Percent of      
        pre-tax            pre-tax      
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount   earnings        Amount   earnings      

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

 $  10,678        10,232     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income taxes at statutory rate

   3,631      34.0 %      3,479      34.0 %   

Tax-exempt interest

   (873)     (8.1)         (803)     (7.8)      

State income taxes, net of federal tax effect

   280      2.6          295      2.9       

Bank-owned life insurance

   (254)     (2.4)         (170)     (1.7)      

Other

   36      0.3          (17)     (0.2)      

 

 

Total income tax expense

 $              2,820                      26.4 %                  2,784                      27.2 %   

 

 

The Company had net deferred tax assets of $0.2 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below:

    December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)   

 

2015

   2014 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses

 $  1,583     1,784  

Write-downs on other real estate owned

   20     20  

Tax credit carry-forwards

   484     816  

Other

   519     480  

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   2,606                       3,100  

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Premises and equipment

   219     69  

Unrealized gain on securities

   1,132     1,427  

Originated mortgage servicing rights

   855     881  

Other

   205     204  

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

               2,411     2,581  

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

 $  195     519  

 

 

A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projection for future taxable income over the periods which the temporary differences resulting in the remaining deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences at December 31, 2015. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income are reduced.

The change in the net deferred tax asset for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, is presented below.

    Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)   

 

2015

   

 

2014

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset:

    

Balance, beginning of year

 $  519      5,393   

Deferred tax expense related to continuing operations

                 (620)     (786)  

Stockholders’ equity, for accumulated other comprehensive loss (income)

   296                    (4,088)  

 

 

Balance, end of year

 $  195      519   

 

 

ASC 740,Income Taxes, defines the threshold for recognizing the benefits of tax return positions in the financial statements as “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the taxing authority. This section also provides guidance on the de-recognition, measurement, and classification of income tax uncertainties in interim periods. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits related to federal or state income tax matters. The Company does not anticipate any material increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits during 2016 relative to any tax positions taken prior to December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the Company has accrued no interest and no penalties related to uncertain tax positions. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

The Company and its subsidiaries file consolidated U.S. federal and State of Alabama income tax returns. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and the State of Alabama for the years ended December 31, 2012 through 2015.

NOTE 14: EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company has a 401(k) Plan that covers substantially all employees. Participants may contribute up to 10% of eligible compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Company’s matching contributions to the Plan are determined by the board of directors. Participants become 20% vested in their accounts after two years of service and 100% vested after six years of service. Company matching contributions to the Plan were $116 thousand and $122 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and are included in salaries and benefits expense.

NOTE 15: DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS18: REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS AND CAPITAL RATIOS

Financial derivatives are reportedAs required by the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act in August 2018, the Federal Reserve Board issued an interim final rule that expanded applicability of the Board’s small bank holding company policy statement. The interim final rule raised the policy statement’s asset threshold from $1 billion to $3 billion in total consolidated assets for a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company that: (1) is not engaged in significant nonbanking activities; (2) does not conduct significantoff-balance sheet activities; and (3) does not have a material amount of debt or equity securities, other than trust-preferred securities, outstanding. The interim final rule provides that, if warranted for supervisory purposes, the Federal Reserve may exclude a company from the threshold increase. Management believes the Company meets the conditions of the Federal Reserve’s small bank holding company policy statement and is therefore excluded from consolidated capital requirements at fair value in other assets or other liabilitiesDecember 31, 2018.

The Bank remains subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possibly additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certainoff-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The accountingcapital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

As of December 31, 2018, the Bank is “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for changesprompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the Bank must maintain minimum common equity Tier 1, total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the fair valuetable. Management has not received any notification from the Bank’s regulators that changes the Bank’s regulatory capital status.

The actual capital amounts and ratios and the aforementioned minimums as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are presented below.

           

Minimum for capital

 

   Minimum to be 
   Actual   adequacy purposes   well capitalized 
(Dollars in thousands)  

 

Amount

   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio 

 

 

At December 31, 2018:

            

Tier 1 Leverage Capital

            

AuburnBank

  $91,719    11.33 %   $        32,368    4.00 %   $40,461    5.00 % 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

            

AuburnBank

  $91,719    16.49 %   $25,031            4.50 %   $36,156    6.50 % 

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital

            

AuburnBank

  $91,719    16.49 %   $33,375    6.00 %   $44,500    8.00 % 

Total Risk-Based Capital

            

AuburnBank

  $96,661    17.38 %   $44,500    8.00 %   $55,625    10.00 % 

 

 

At December 31, 2017:

            

Tier 1 Leverage Capital

            

Auburn National Bancorporation

  $90,382    10.95 %   $33,012    4.00 %    N/A        N/A     

AuburnBank

   89,217    10.82        32,978    4.00       $        41,222    5.00 % 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

            

Auburn National Bancorporation

  $87,382    16.42 %   $23,949    4.50 %    N/A        N/A     

AuburnBank

   89,217    16.74        23,987    4.50       $34,648    6.50 % 

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital

            

Auburn National Bancorporation

  $90,382    16.98 %   $31,932    6.00 %    N/A        N/A     

AuburnBank

   89,217    16.74        31,983    6.00       $42,644    8.00 % 

Total Risk-Based Capital

            

Auburn National Bancorporation

  $        95,300    17.91 %   $42,576    8.00 %    N/A        N/A     

AuburnBank

   94,135    17.66        42,644    8.00       $53,305    10.00 % 

 

 

Dividends paid by the Bank are a derivative depends on whether it has been designatedprincipal source of funds available to the Company for payment of dividends to its stockholders and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship. For derivatives not designated as part of a hedging relationship, the gain or loss is recognized in current earnings withinfor other noninterest incomeneeds. Applicable federal and state statutes and regulations impose restrictions on the accompanying Consolidated Statementsamounts of Earnings. From time to time,dividends that may be declared by the Company may enter into interest rate swaps (“swaps”) to facilitate customer transactionssubsidiary bank. State law and meet their financing needs. Upon entering into these swaps,Federal Reserve policy restrict the Company enters into offsetting positionsBank from declaring dividends in order to minimizeexcess of the risksum of the current year’s earnings plus the retained net earnings from the preceding two years without prior approval. In addition to the Company. These swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments.formal statutes and regulations, regulatory authorities also consider the adequacy of the Bank’s total capital in relation to its assets, deposits, and other such items. Capital adequacy considerations could further limit the availability of dividends from the Bank. At December 31, 20152018, the Bank could have declared additional dividends of approximately $8.0 million without prior approval of regulatory authorities. As a result of this limitation, approximately $79.9 million of the Company’s investment in the Bank was restricted from transfer in the form of dividends.

NOTE 19: AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY)

The Parent Company’s condensed balance sheets and related condensed statements of earnings and cash flows are as follows:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

   December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)  

 

2018

   

 

2017

 

 

 

Assets:

    

Cash and due from banks

    $1,941    1,170 

Investment in bank subsidiary

   87,956    88,741 

Other assets

   626    1,760 

 

 

Total assets

    $90,523    91,671 

 

 

Liabilities:

    

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    $1,468    1,548 

Long-term debt

   —      3,217 

 

 

Total liabilities

   1,468    4,765 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

   89,055    86,906 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    $                90,523                91,671 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

   Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)  

 

2018

  

 

2017

 

 

 

Income:

   

Dividends from bank subsidiary

    $6,533   3,471 

Noninterest income

   149   141 

 

 

Total income

   6,682   3,612 

 

 

Expense:

   

Interest expense

   51   125 

Noninterest expense

   237   225 

 

 

Total expense

   288   350 

 

 

Earnings before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

   6,394   3,262 

Income tax benefit

   (28  (58

 

 

Earnings before equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

   6,422   3,320 

Equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

   2,412   4,526 

 

 

Net earnings

    $                  8,834                 7,846 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

    Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)   2018   2017 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net earnings

   $8,834     7,846  

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Net decrease (increase) in other assets

   1,134     (879) 

Net decrease in other liabilities

   (70)    (109) 

Equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

   (2,412)    (4,526) 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   7,486     2,332  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Repayments or retirement of long-term debt

   (3,217)    —    

Dividends paid

   (3,498)    (3,352) 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

   (6,715)    (3,352) 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   771     (1,020) 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   1,170     2,190  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $            1,941                 1,170  

 

 

NOTE 20: REVENUE RECOGNITION

On January 1, 2018, the Company implemented ASU2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, codified at ASC 606. The Company adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective transition method. As of December 31, 2014,2017, the Company had no derivativeuncompleted customer contracts to assist in managing its own interest rate sensitivity.

Interest rate swap agreements involve the risk of dealing with counterparties and, their ability to meet contractual terms. When the fair value ofas a derivative instrument is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty or customer owes the Company, and results in credit riskresult, no cumulative transition adjustment was made to the Company. WhenCompany’s accumulated deficit during the fair valueyear ended December 31, 2018. Results for reporting periods beginning January 1, 2018 are presented under ASC 606, while prior period amounts continue to be reported under legacy U.S. GAAP.

The majority of a derivative instrument contractthe Company’s revenue stream is negative,generated from interest income on loans and deposits which are outside the Company owesscope of ASC 606.

The Company’s sources of income that fall within the customer or counterpartyscope of Topic 606 include service charges on deposits, investment services, interchange fees and therefore, has no credit risk.

Agains and losses on sales of other real estate, all of which are presented as components of noninterest income. The following is a summary of the Company’s interest rate swaps asrevenue streams that fall within the scope of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is presented below.Topic 606:

 

              Other 
       

 

Other

   Other  noninterest 
       

 

Assets

   Liabilities       income      
       

 

Estimated

   Estimated  Gains 
(Dollars in thousands)  Notional   

 

   Fair Value   

      Fair Value     (Losses) 

 

 

December 31, 2015:

       

Pay fixed / receive variable

  $4,317     —        440    $194   

Pay variable / receive fixed

   4,317     440      —       (194)  

 

 

Total interest rate swap agreements

  $8,634     440      440    $—      

 

 

December 31, 2014:

       

Pay fixed / receive variable

  $4,667     —        634    $210   

Pay variable / receive fixed

   4,667     634      —       (210)  

 

 

Total interest rate swap agreements

  $          9,334     634      634    $           —      

 

 

NOTE 16: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Credit-Related Financial Instruments

The Company is party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend creditService charges on deposits, investment services, ATM and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount ofinterchange fees – Fees from these commitments. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it doesservices are either transaction-based, for on-balance sheet instruments.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amount represents credit risk:

   December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)  

 

2015

   2014 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

  $              52,230    $            49,824  

Standby letters of credit

   8,221     8,337  

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the agreement. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The commitments for lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Company, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guaranteewhich the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of creditobligations are satisfied when the individual transaction is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company holds various assets as collateral, including accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, marketable securities, and property to support those commitmentsprocessed, or set periodic service charges, for which collateralthe performance obligations are satisfied over the period the service is deemed necessary. The Company has recorded a liability for the estimated fair value of these standby letters of credit in the amount of $69 thousand and $72 thousand at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Other Commitments

Minimum lease payments under leases classified as operating leases due in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2015,provided. Transaction-based fees are as follows: 2016, $220 thousand; 2017, $125 thousand; 2018, $35 thousand; 2019, $30 thousand; 2020, $3 thousand.

Contingent Liabilities

The Company and the Bank are involved in various legal proceedings, arising in connection with their business. In the opinion of management, based upon consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate resolution of these proceeding will not have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company and the Bank.

NOTE 17: FAIR VALUE

Fair Value Hierarchy

“Fair value” is defined by ASC 820,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for an asset or liability at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the inputs market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Level changes in fair value measurements

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are generally recognized at the end oftime the reportingtransaction is processed, and periodic service charges are recognized over the service period. The Company monitors the valuation techniques utilized for each category of financial assets and liabilities to ascertain when transfers between levels have been affected. The nature of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities generally is such that transfers in and out of any level are expected to be infrequent. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no transfers between levels and no changes in valuation techniques for the Company’s financial assets and liabilities.

Gains on sales of other real estate –ASU2014-09 creates Topic610-20, under which a gain on sale should be recognized when a contract for sale exists and control of the asset has been transferred to the buyer. Topic 606 lists several criteria required to conclude that a contract for sale exists, including a determination that the institution will collect substantially all of the consideration to which it is entitled. This presents a key difference between the prior and new guidance related to the recognition of the gain when the institution finances the sale of the property. Rather than basing recognition on the amount of the buyer’s initial investment, which was the primary consideration under prior guidance, the analysis is now based on various factors including not only the loan to value, but also the credit quality of the borrower, the structure of the loan, and any other factors that may affect collectability.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Securities available-for-sale

Fair values of securities available for sale were primarily measured using Level 2 inputs. For these securities, the Company obtains pricing from third party pricing services. These third party pricing services consider observable data that may include broker/dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, market consensus prepayment speeds, benchmark yields, reported trades for similar securities, credit information and the securities’ terms and conditions. On a quarterly basis, management reviews the pricing received from the third party pricing services for reasonableness given current market conditions. As part of its review, management may obtain non-binding third party broker quotes to validate the fair value measurements. In addition, management will periodically submit pricing provided by the third party pricing services to another independent valuation firm on a sample basis. This independent valuation firm will compare the price provided by the third party pricing service with its own price and will review the significant assumptions and valuation methodologies used with management.

Interest rate swap agreements

The carrying amount of interest rate swap agreements was included in other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The fair value measurements for our interest rate swap agreements were based on information obtained from a third party bank. This information is periodically tested by the Company and validated against other third party valuations. If needed, other third party market participants may be utilized to corroborate the fair value measurements for our interest rate swap agreements. The Company classified these derivative assets and liabilities within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. These swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments.

The following table presents the balances of the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, by caption, on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets by ASC 820 valuation hierarchy (as described above).Not applicable.

 

(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   

Significant        
Unobservable        
Inputs         

(Level 3)        

 

 

 

December 31, 2015:

        

Securities available-for-sale:

        

Agency obligations

  $60,085          60,085     —      

Agency RMBS

   110,954          110,954     —      

State and political subdivisions

   70,648          70,648     —      

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   241,687          241,687     —      

Other assets(1)

   440          440     —      

 

 

Total assets at fair value

  $242,127          242,127     —      

 

 

Other liabilities(1)

   440          440     —      

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

  $440          440     —      

 

 

December 31, 2014:

        

Securities available-for-sale:

        

Agency obligations

  $60,249          60,249     —      

Agency RMBS

   135,043          135,043     —      

State and political subdivisions

   72,311          72,311     —      

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   267,603          267,603     —      

Other assets(1)

   634          634     —      

 

 

Total assets at fair value

  $      268,237          268,237     —      

 

 

Other liabilities(1)

   634          634     —      

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

  $634          634     —      

 

 

(1)Represents the fair value of interest rate swap agreements.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

Loans held for sale

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair values of loans held for sale are determined using quoted market secondary market prices for similar loans. Loans held for sale are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Impaired Loans

Loans considered impaired under ASC 310-10-35,Receivables, are loans for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans can be measured based on the present value of expected payments using the loan’s original effective rate as the discount rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral less selling costs if the loan is collateral dependent.

The fair value of impaired loans were primarily measured based on the value of the collateral securing these loans. Impaired loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Collateral may be real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory, and/or accounts receivable. The Company determines the value of the collateral based on independent appraisals performed by qualified licensed appraisers. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Appraised values are discounted for costs to sell and may be discounted further based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the date of the most recent appraisal, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the customer and the customer’s business. Such discounts by management are subjective and are typically significant unobservable inputs for determining fair value. Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors discussed above.

Other real estate owned

Other real estate owned, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or in satisfaction of loans, are initially recorded at the lower of the loan’s carrying amount or the fair value less costs to sell upon transfer of the loans to other real estate. Subsequently, other real estate is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Fair values are generally based on third party appraisals of the property and are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The appraisals are sometimes further discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, and/or changes in market conditions from the date of the most recent appraisal, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the customer and the customer’s business. Such discounts are typically significant unobservable inputs for determining fair value. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, a loss is recognized in noninterest expense.

Mortgage servicing rights, net

Mortgage servicing rights, net, included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. To determine the fair value of MSRs, the Company engages an independent third party. The independent third party’s valuation model calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income using assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income, and late fees. Periodically, the Company will review broker surveys and other market research to validate significant assumptions used in the model. The significant unobservable inputs include prepayment speeds or the constant prepayment rate (“CPR”) and the weighted average discount rate. Because the valuation of MSRs requires the use of significant unobservable inputs, all of the Company’s MSRs are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

The following table presents the balances of the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, by caption, on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and by ASC 820 valuation hierarchy (as described above):

(Dollars in thousands)  Amount   

Quoted Prices in

 

Active Markets

 

for

 

Identical Assets

 

(Level 1)

   

Other

 

    Observable    

 

Inputs

 

(Level 2)

   

Significant

 

    Unobservable    

 

Inputs

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

December 31, 2015:

        

Loans held for sale

  $1,540          1,540     —     

Loans, net(1)

   3,286          —       3,286   

Other real estate owned

   252          —       252   

Other assets(2)

   2,316          —       2,316   

 

 

Total assets at fair value

  $7,394          1,540     5,854   

 

 

December 31, 2014:

        

Loans held for sale

  $1,974          1,974     —     

Loans, net(1)

   3,077          —       3,077   

Other real estate owned

   534          —       534   

Other assets(2)

   2,388          —       2,388   

 

 

Total assets at fair value

  $              7,973          1,974     5,999   

 

 

(1)Loans considered impaired under ASC 310-10-35 Receivables. This amount reflects the recorded investment in impaired loans, net of any related allowance for loan losses.

(2)Represents MSRs, net, carried at lower of cost or estimated fair value.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended, the Company had no Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis. For Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2015, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements are presented below.

(Dollars in thousands)    

    Carrying    

 

Amount

                 Valuation Technique                     Significant Unobservable Input         

    Weighted    

 

Average

 

of Input

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Nonrecurring:

           

Impaired loans

  $    3,286      Appraisal   Appraisal discounts (%)    25.7%    

Other real estate owned

   252      Appraisal   Appraisal discounts (%)    6.0%    

Mortgage servicing rights, net

   2,316      Discounted cash flow   Prepayment speed or CPR (%)      10.0%    
        Discount rate (%)    10.0%    

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 825,Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are explained below. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flow analyses. Discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and should not be considered representative of the liquidation value of the Company’s financial instruments, but rather are a good-faith estimate of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company. ASC 825 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

Loans, net

Fair values for loans were calculated using discounted cash flows. The discount rates reflected current rates at which similar loans would be made for the same remaining maturities. This method of estimating fair value does not incorporate the exit-price concept of fair value prescribed by ASC 820 and generally produces a higher value than an exit-price approach. Expected future cash flows were projected based on contractual cash flows, adjusted for estimated prepayments.

Loans held for sale

Fair values of loans held for sale are determined using quoted market secondary market prices for similar loans.

Time Deposits

Fair values for time deposits were estimated using discounted cash flows. The discount rates were based on rates currently offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities.

Long-term debt

The fair value of the Company’s fixed rate long-term debt is estimated using discounted cash flows based on estimated current market rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The carrying amount of the Company’s variable rate long-term debt approximates its fair value.

The carrying value, related estimated fair value, and placement in the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below. This table excludes financial instruments for which the carrying amount approximates fair value. Financial assets for which fair value approximates carrying value included cash and cash equivalents. Financial liabilities for which fair value approximates carrying value included noninterest-bearing demand, interest-bearing demand, and savings deposits due to these products having no stated maturity. In addition, financial liabilities for which fair value approximates carrying value included overnight borrowings such as federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

            Fair Value Hierarchy 
(Dollars in thousands)  

Carrying

 

amount

   

Estimated

 

fair value

    

 

Level 1

 

inputs

   

Level 2

 

inputs

   

Level 3

 

Inputs

 

 

 

December 31, 2015:

          

Financial Assets:

          

Loans, net (1)

  $        422,121      $        427,340     $              —        $—        $        427,340    

Loans held for sale

   1,540       1,574       —         1,574       —      

Financial Liabilities:

          

Time Deposits

  $219,598      $220,093     $  —        $        220,093      $—      

Long-term debt

   7,217       7,217       —         7,217       —      

 

 

December 31, 2014:

          

Financial Assets:

          

Loans, net (1)

  $398,118      $407,839     $  —        $—        $407,839    

Loans held for sale

   1,974       2,044       —         2,044       —      

Financial Liabilities:

          

Time Deposits

  $249,126      $251,365     $  —        $251,365      $—      

Long-term debt

   12,217       12,558       —         12,558       —      

 

 

(1) Represents loans, net of unearned income and the allowance for loan losses.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

NOTE 18: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONSEvaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

A former director who retired fromAs required by Rule13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of its principal executive and principal financial officer, conducted an evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this report, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, and the results of the audit process described below, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation of reliable published financial statements. Internal control over financial reporting includes self-monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.

Because of inherent limitations in October 2015, is an officerany system of internal control, no matter how well designed, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, including the possibility of the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in a construction companyconditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer assert that the Company contractedmaintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 based on the specified criteria.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 has been audited by Elliott Davis, LLC, the independent registered public accounting firm who also has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report onForm 10-K. Elliott Davis, LLC’s attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appears on the following page and is incorporated by reference herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the period covered by this report, there has not been any change in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc.

Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. and its subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

We have also audited, in accordance with in 2015the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2014 for limited renovations at2017 and the Bank’s operations center,related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of the build out of leasehold improvements in connection with a relocation of a bank branch, and for construction of a new branch facility located in Auburn, Alabama. Total payments made to the construction company under the terms of these contracts were $1.2 million and $0.1 millionCompany for the years then ended, December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.the related notes to the consolidated financial statements and our report dated March 12, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for Opinion

The Bank has made,Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and expectsfor its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in the futureaccompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to continueexpress an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to makebe independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the ordinary coursecircumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of business, loansInternal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to directorsprovide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and executive officersthe preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company,assets of the Bank,company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and their affiliates. In management’s opinion, these loans werethat receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in the ordinary courseaccordance with authorizations of business at normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateral requirements, and do not represent more than normal credit risk. An analysis of such outstanding loans is presented below.

(Dollars in thousands)Amount    

Loans outstanding at December 31, 2014

$4,841 

New loans/advances

1,428 

Repayments

(1,457)

Changes in directors and executive officers

(1,097)

Loans outstanding at December 31, 2015

$          3,715 

During 2015 and 2014, certain executive officersmanagement and directors of the Companycompany; and the Bank, including companies with which they are affiliated, were deposit customers(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the bank. Total deposits for these persons at December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $18.1 million and $22.0 million, respectively.

NOTE 19: REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS AND CAPITAL RATIOS

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements and policies administered by federal and State of Alabama banking regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possibly additional discretionary – actions by regulatorscompany’s assets that if undertaken, could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures

Because of the Company’s and Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off–balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classificationits inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors, including anticipated capital needs. Supervisory assessmentsthat controls may become inadequate because of capital adequacy may differ significantly from conclusions based solely upon risk-based capital ratios. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forthchanges in the table below) common equity Tier 1 ratio, Tier 1 leverage ratio, Tier 1 risk-based ratio and total risk-based ratio. Management believes, as of December 31, 2015,conditions, or that the Company anddegree of compliance with the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As of December 31, 2015, the Bank is “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the Bank must maintain minimum common equity Tier 1, total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. Management has not received any notification from the Company’s or the Bank’s regulators that changes the Bank’s regulatory capital status./s/ Elliott Davis, LLC

The actual capital amounts and ratios and the aforementioned minimums as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below.Greenville, South Carolina

March 12, 2019

           Minimum for capital   Minimum to be 
   Actual   

 

adequacy purposes

   well capitalized 
(Dollars in thousands)  

 

Amount

   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio 

 

 

At December 31, 2015:

            

Tier 1 Leverage Capital

            

Auburn National Bancorporation

  $84,268     10.35 %    $32,553     4.00 %     N/A     N/A      

AuburnBank

   82,848     10.19         32,519     4.00        $40,649     5.00 %  

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

            

Auburn National Bancorporation

  $77,714     15.28 %    $        22,886             4.50 %     N/A     N/A      

AuburnBank

   82,848     16.26         22,933     4.50        $33,125     6.50      

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital

            

Auburn National Bancorporation

  $84,268     16.57 %    $30,515     6.00 %     N/A     N/A      

AuburnBank

   82,848     16.26         30,577     6.00        $40,769     8.00 %  

Total Risk-Based Capital

            

Auburn National Bancorporation

  $88,682     17.44 %    $40,687     8.00 %     N/A     N/A      

AuburnBank

   87,262     17.12         40,769     8.00        $50,962     10.00 %  

 

 

At December 31, 2014:

            

Tier 1 Leverage Capital

            

Auburn National Bancorporation

  $80,356     10.32 %    $31,133     4.00 %     N/A     N/A      

AuburnBank

   78,968     10.16         31,099     4.00        $38,873     5.00 %  

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital

            

Auburn National Bancorporation

  $80,356     17.45 %    $18,419     4.00 %     N/A     N/A      

AuburnBank

   78,968     17.11         18,463     4.00        $27,695     6.00 %  

Total Risk-Based Capital

            

Auburn National Bancorporation

  $        85,356     18.54 %    $36,839     8.00 %     N/A     N/A      

AuburnBank

   83,968     18.19         36,927     8.00        $        46,158     10.00 %  

 

 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

Dividends paid by the Bank are a principal source of funds available to the Company for payment of dividends to its stockholders and for other needs. Applicable federal and state statutes and regulations impose restrictions on the amounts of dividends that may be declared by the subsidiary bank. State law and Federal Reserve policy restrict the Bank from declaring dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s earnings plus the retained net earnings from the preceding two years without prior approval. In addition to the formal statutes and regulations, regulatory authorities also consider the adequacy of the Bank’s total capital in relation to its assets, deposits, and other such items. Capital adequacy considerations could further limit the availability of dividends from the Bank. At December 31, 2015, the Bank could have declared additional dividends of approximately $12.3 million without prior approval of regulatory authorities. As a result of this limitation, approximately $73.2 million of the Company’s investment in the Bank was restricted from transfer in the form of dividends.None.

NOTE 20: AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY)

The Parent Company’s condensed balance sheets and related condensed statements of earnings and cash flows are as follows:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

   December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)  

 

2015

   

 

2014

 

 

 

Assets:

    

Cash and due from banks

    $2,187     2,311  

Investment in bank subsidiary

   85,529     81,410  

Other assets

   845     846  

 

 

Total assets

    $88,561     84,567  

 

 

Liabilities:

    

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    $1,395     1,551  

Long-term debt

   7,217     7,217  

 

 

Total liabilities

   8,612     8,768  

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

   79,949     75,799  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    $                88,561                 84,567  

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

   Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)  

 

2015

  

 

2014

 

 

 

Income:

   

Dividends from bank subsidiary

  $3,450    3,377  

Noninterest income

   135    147  

 

 

Total income

   3,585    3,524  

 

 

Expense:

   

Interest expense

   236    236  

Noninterest expense

   195    206  

 

 

Total expense

   431    442  

 

 

Earnings before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

   3,154    3,082  

Income tax benefit

   (80  (114)  

 

 

Earnings before equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

   3,234    3,196  

Equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

   4,624    4,252  

 

 

Net earnings

  $                  7,858                  7,448  

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

    Year ended December 31 
(Dollars in thousands)   

 

2015

   

 

2014

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net earnings

 $  7,858      7,448   

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Net decrease in other assets

        —     

Net decrease in other liabilities

   (153)     (159)  

Equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary

   (4,624)     (4,252)  

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   3,082     3,037   

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Dividends paid

   (3,206)     (3,134)  

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

   (3,206)     (3,134)  

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   (124)     (97)  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   2,311      2,408   

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 $              2,187                  2,311   

 

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Proposal One: Election of Directors—Directors - Information about Nominees for Directors,” and “Executive Officers,” “Additional Information Concerning the Company’s Board of Directors and Committees,” “Executive Compensation,” “Audit Committee Report” and “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934” in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics applicable to the Company’s directors, officers and employees, including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial and principal accounting officer, controller and other senior financial officers. The Code of Conduct and Ethics, as well as the charters for the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, can be found by hovering over the heading “About Us” on the Company’s website,www.auburnbank.com, and then clicking on “Investor Relations”, and then clicking on “Governance Documents”. In addition, this information is available in print to any shareholder who requests it. Written requests for a copy of the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics or the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, or Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charters may be sent to Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc., 100 N. Gay Street, Auburn, Alabama 36830, Attention: Marla Kickliter, Senior Vice President of Compliance and Internal Audit. Requests may also be made via telephone by contacting Marla Kickliter, Senior Vice President of Compliance and Internal Audit, or Laura Carrington, Vice President of Human Resources, at(334) 821-9200.

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Additional Information Concerning the Company’s Board of Directors and Committees – Board Compensation,” and “Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Proposal One: Election of Directors—Directors - Information about Nominees for Directors and Executive Officers” and “Stock Ownership by Certain Persons” in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

As of December 31, 20152018 the Company had no compensation plans under which equity securities of the Company are authorized for issuance.

 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Additional Information Concerning the Company’s Board of Directors and Committees – Committees of the Board of Directors – Independent Directors Committee” and “Certain Transactions and Business Relationships” in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Independent Public Accountants” in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)

List of all Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements and report of independent registered public accounting firm of the Company are included in this Annual Report on Form10-K:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20152018 and 20142017

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 20152018 and 20142017

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 20152018 and 20142017

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 20152018 and 20142017

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 20152018 and 20142017

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(b)

Exhibits

 

3.1.  Certificate of Incorporation of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s FormForm 10-Q dated June 20,30, 2002 (FileNo. 000-26486)).
3.2.  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc., adopted as of November  13, 2007 (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form10-K dated March 31, 2008 (FileNo. 000-26486)).
  4.121.1  Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated asSubsidiaries of November 4, 2003, between Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated November 14, 2003 (File No. 000-26486)).Registrant
  4.2Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2003, among Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc., as Depositor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein, as Administrative Trustees (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated November 14, 2003 (File No. 000-26486)).
  4.3Guarantee Agreement dated as of November 4, 2003, between Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc., as Guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Guarantee Trustee (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated November 14, 2003 (File No. 000-26486)).
  21.1Subsidiaries of Registrant
31.1  Certification signed by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to SEC Rule13a-14(a).
31.2  Certification signed by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to SEC Rule13a-14(a).
32.1  Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by E.L. Spencer, Jr.,Robert W. Dumas, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. *
32.2  Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by David A. Hedges, EVP, Chief Financial Officer.*
101.INS  XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

*

The certifications attached as exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 to this annual report on Form10-K are “furnished” to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed “filed” by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c)

Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules required pursuant to this item were either included in the financial information set forth in (a) above or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

ITEM 16.

FORM10-K SUMMARY

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Auburn, State of Alabama, on March 10, 2016.12, 2019.

 

AUBURN NATIONAL BANCORPORATION, INC.
(Registrant)
By:    /S/ E. L. SPENCER, JR.ROBERT W. DUMAS
 E. L. Spencer, Jr.Robert W. Dumas
 Chairman, President and CEO

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

  /S/ E. L. SPENCER, JR.ROBERT W. DUMAS

E. L. Spencer, Jr.Robert W. Dumas

  

President, CEO and Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 10, 201612, 2019

  /S/ DAVID A. HEDGES

David A. Hedges

  

EVP, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 10, 201612, 2019

  /S/ C. WAYNE ALDERMAN

C. Wayne Alderman

  Director  March 10, 201612, 2019

  /S/ TERRY W. ANDRUS

Terry W. Andrus

  Director  March 10, 201612, 2019

  /S/ J. TUTT BARRETT

J. Tutt Barrett

  Director  March 10, 201612, 2019

  /S/ ROBERT W. DUMAS

Robert W. Dumas

DirectorMarch 10, 2016

  /S/ WILLIAM F. HAM, JR.

William F. Ham, Jr.

  Director  March 10, 201612, 2019

  /S/ DAVID E. HOUSEL

David E. Housel

  Director  March 10, 201612, 2019

  /S/ ANNE M. MAY

Anne M. May

  Director  March 10, 201612, 2019

  /S/ AMY B. MURPHY

Amy B. Murphy

  Director  March 10, 201612, 2019

  /S/ EDWARD LEE SPENCER, III

Edward Lee Spencer, III

  Director  March 10, 201612, 2019

  /S/ DR. PATRICIA WADE

Dr. Patricia Wade

  Director  March 10, 2016

EXHIBIT INDEX

3.1.Certificate of Incorporation of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Registrant’sForm 10-Q dated June 20, 2002 (File No. 000-26486)).
3.2.Amended and Restated Bylaws of Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc., adopted as of November 13, 2007 (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K dated March 31, 2008 (File No. 000-26486)).
4.1Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2003, between Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated November 14, 2003 (File No. 000-26486)).
4.2Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2003, among Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc., as Depositor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein, as Administrative Trustees (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated November 14, 2003 (File No. 000-26486)).
4.3Guarantee Agreement dated as of November 4, 2003, between Auburn National Bancorporation, Inc., as Guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Guarantee Trustee (incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated November 14, 2003 (File No. 000-26486)).
21.1Subsidiaries of Registrant
31.1Certification signed by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a).
31.2Certification signed by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a).
32.1Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by E.L. Spencer, Jr., President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. *
32.2Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by David A. Hedges, EVP, Chief Financial Officer.*

101.INSXBRL Instance Document
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document12, 2019

 

112

*The certifications attached as exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 to this annual report on Form 10-K are “furnished” to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed “filed” by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

103